aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
BranchCommit messageAuthorAge
masterarabluatex.ayah(): the number must be typeset LTR and come after the sign. (t...Robert Alessi6 months
 
TagDownloadAuthorAge
v1.20arabluatex-1.20.tar.gz  Robert Alessi4 years
v1.19arabluatex-1.19.tar.gz  Robert Alessi4 years
v1.18arabluatex-1.18.tar.gz  Robert Alessi4 years
v1.17arabluatex-1.17.tar.gz  Robert Alessi5 years
v1.16arabluatex-1.16.tar.gz  Robert Alessi5 years
v1.15.1arabluatex-1.15.1.tar.gz  Robert Alessi6 years
v1.15arabluatex-1.15.tar.gz  Robert Alessi6 years
v1.14arabluatex-1.14.tar.gz  Robert Alessi6 years
v1.13arabluatex-1.13.tar.gz  Robert Alessi6 years
v1.12arabluatex-1.12.tar.gz  Robert Alessi6 years
v1.11arabluatex-1.11.tar.gz  Robert Alessi6 years
v1.10.3arabluatex-1.10.3.tar.gz  Robert Alessi6 years
v1.10.2arabluatex-1.10.2.tar.gz  Robert Alessi6 years
v1.10.1arabluatex-1.10.1.tar.gz  Robert Alessi6 years
v1.10arabluatex-1.10.tar.gz  Robert Alessi6 years
v1.9.2arabluatex-1.9.2.tar.gz  Robert Alessi7 years
v1.9.1arabluatex-1.9.1.tar.gz  Robert Alessi7 years
v1.9arabluatex-1.9.tar.gz  Robert Alessi7 years
v1.8.5arabluatex-1.8.5.tar.gz  Robert Alessi7 years
v1.8.4arabluatex-1.8.4.tar.gz  Robert Alessi7 years
v1.8.3arabluatex-1.8.3.tar.gz  Robert Alessi7 years
v1.8.2arabluatex-1.8.2.tar.gz  Robert Alessi7 years
v1.8.1arabluatex-1.8.1.tar.gz  Robert Alessi7 years
v1.8arabluatex-1.8.tar.gz  Robert Alessi7 years
v1.7.3arabluatex-1.7.3.tar.gz  Robert Alessi7 years
v1.7.2arabluatex-1.7.2.tar.gz  Robert Alessi7 years
v1.7.1arabluatex-1.7.1.tar.gz  Robert Alessi7 years
v1.7arabluatex-1.7.tar.gz  Robert Alessi8 years
v1.6arabluatex-1.6.tar.gz  Robert Alessi8 years
v1.5arabluatex-1.5.tar.gz  Robert Alessi8 years
v1.4.5arabluatex-1.4.5.tar.gz  Robert Alessi8 years
v1.4.4arabluatex-1.4.4.tar.gz  Robert Alessi8 years
v1.4.3arabluatex-1.4.3.tar.gz  Robert Alessi8 years
v1.4.2arabluatex-1.4.2.tar.gz  Robert Alessi8 years
v1.4.1arabluatex-1.4.1.tar.gz  Robert Alessi8 years
v1.4arabluatex-1.4.tar.gz  Robert Alessi8 years
v1.3arabluatex-1.3.tar.gz  Robert Alessi8 years
v1.2arabluatex-1.2.tar.gz  Robert Alessi8 years
v1.1.1arabluatex-1.1.1.tar.gz  Robert Alessi8 years
v1.1arabluatex-1.1.tar.gz  Robert Alessi8 years
v1.0.1arabluatex-1.0.1.tar.gz  Robert Alessi8 years
v1.0arabluatex-1.0.tar.gz  Robert Alessi8 years
7 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 5612 5613 5614 5615 5616 5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658 5659 5660 5661 5662 5663 5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 5690 5691 5692 5693 5694 5695 5696 5697 5698 5699 5700 5701 5702 5703 5704 5705 5706 5707 5708 5709 5710 5711 5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 5719 5720 5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 5729 5730 5731 5732 5733 5734 5735 5736 5737 5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 5745 5746 5747 5748 5749 5750 5751 5752 5753 5754 5755 5756 5757 5758 5759 5760 5761 5762 5763 5764 5765 5766 5767 5768 5769 5770 5771 5772 5773 5774 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779 5780 5781 5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 5805 5806 5807 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814 5815 5816 5817 5818 5819 5820 5821 5822 5823 5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 5831 5832 5833 5834 5835 5836 5837 5838 5839 5840 5841 5842 5843 5844 5845 5846 5847 5848 5849 5850 5851 5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858 5859 5860 5861 5862 5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887 5888 5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894 5895 5896 5897 5898 5899 5900 5901 5902 5903 5904 5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977 5978 5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031 6032 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084 6085 6086 6087 6088 6089 6090 6091 6092 6093 6094 6095 6096 6097 6098 6099 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6109 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 6121 6122 6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129 6130 6131 6132 6133 6134 6135 6136 6137 6138 6139 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144 6145 6146 6147 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 6175 6176 6177 6178 6179 6180 6181 6182 6183 6184 6185 6186 6187 6188 6189 6190 6191 6192 6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6214 6215 6216 6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222 6223 6224 6225 6226 6227 6228 6229 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238 6239 6240 6241 6242 6243 6244 6245 6246 6247 6248 6249 6250 6251 6252 6253 6254 6255 6256 6257 6258 6259 6260 6261 6262 6263 6264 6265 6266 6267 6268 6269 6270 6271 6272 6273 6274 6275 6276 6277 6278 6279 6280 6281 6282 6283 6284 6285 6286 6287 6288 6289 6290 6291 6292 6293 6294 6295 6296 6297 6298 6299 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6309 6310 6311 6312 6313 6314 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6323 6324 6325 6326 6327 6328 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348 6349 6350 6351 6352 6353 6354 6355 6356 6357 6358 6359 6360 6361 6362 6363 6364 6365 6366 6367 6368 6369 6370 6371 6372 6373 6374 6375 6376 6377 6378 6379 6380 6381 6382 6383 6384 6385 6386 6387 6388 6389 6390 6391 6392 6393 6394 6395 6396 6397 6398 6399 6400 6401 6402 6403 6404 6405 6406 6407 6408 6409 6410 6411 6412 6413 6414 6415 6416 6417 6418 6419 6420 6421 6422 6423 6424 6425 6426 6427 6428 6429 6430 6431 6432 6433 6434 6435 6436 6437 6438 6439 6440 6441 6442 6443 6444 6445 6446 6447 6448 6449 6450 6451 6452 6453 6454 6455 6456 6457 6458 6459 6460 6461 6462 6463 6464 6465 6466 6467 6468 6469 6470 6471 6472 6473 6474 6475 6476 6477 6478 6479 6480 6481 6482 6483 6484 6485 6486 6487 6488 6489 6490 6491 6492 6493 6494 6495 6496 6497 6498 6499 6500 6501 6502 6503 6504 6505 6506 6507 6508 6509 6510 6511 6512 6513 6514 6515 6516 6517 6518 6519 6520 6521 6522 6523 6524 6525 6526 6527 6528 6529 6530 6531 6532 6533 6534 6535 6536 6537 6538 6539 6540 6541 6542 6543 6544 6545 6546 6547 6548 6549 6550 6551 6552 6553 6554 6555 6556 6557 6558 6559 6560 6561 6562 6563 6564 6565 6566 6567 6568 6569 6570 6571 6572 6573 6574 6575 6576 6577 6578 6579 6580 6581 6582 6583 6584 6585 6586 6587 6588 6589 6590 6591 6592 6593 6594 6595 6596 6597 6598 6599 6600 6601 6602 6603 6604 6605 6606 6607 6608 6609 6610 6611 6612 6613 6614 6615 6616 6617 6618 6619 6620 6621 6622 6623 6624 6625 6626 6627 6628 6629 6630 6631 6632 6633 6634 6635 6636 6637 6638 6639 6640 6641 6642 6643 6644 6645 6646 6647 6648 6649 6650 6651 6652 6653 6654 6655 6656 6657 6658 6659 6660 6661 6662 6663 6664 6665 6666 6667 6668 6669 6670 6671 6672 6673 6674 6675 6676 6677 6678 6679 6680 6681 6682 6683 6684 6685 6686 6687 6688 6689 6690 6691 6692 6693 6694 6695 6696 6697 6698 6699 6700 6701 6702 6703 6704 6705 6706 6707 6708 6709 6710 6711 6712 6713 6714 6715 6716 6717 6718 6719 6720 6721 6722 6723 6724 6725 6726 6727 6728 6729 6730 6731 6732 6733 6734 6735 6736 6737 6738 6739 6740 6741 6742 6743 6744 6745 6746 6747 6748 6749 6750 6751 6752 6753 6754 6755 6756 6757 6758 6759 6760 6761 6762 6763 6764 6765 6766 6767 6768 6769 6770 6771 6772 6773 6774 6775 6776 6777 6778 6779 6780 6781 6782 6783 6784 6785 6786 6787 6788 6789 6790 6791 6792 6793 6794 6795 6796 6797 6798 6799 6800 6801 6802 6803 6804 6805 6806 6807 6808 6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6817 6818 6819 6820 6821 6822 6823 6824 6825 6826 6827 6828 6829 6830 6831 6832 6833 6834 6835 6836 6837 6838 6839 6840 6841 6842 6843 6844 6845 6846 6847 6848 6849 6850 6851 6852 6853 6854 6855 6856 6857 6858 6859 6860 6861 6862 6863 6864 6865 6866 6867 6868 6869 6870 6871 6872 6873 6874 6875 6876 6877 6878 6879 6880 6881 6882 6883 6884 6885 6886 6887 6888 6889 6890 6891 6892 6893 6894 6895 6896 6897 6898 6899 6900 6901 6902 6903 6904 6905 6906 6907 6908 6909 6910 6911 6912 6913 6914 6915 6916 6917 6918 6919 6920 6921 6922 6923 6924 6925 6926 6927 6928 6929 6930 6931 6932 6933 6934 6935 6936 6937 6938 6939 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6947 6948 6949 6950 6951 6952 6953 6954 6955 6956 6957 6958 6959 6960 6961 6962 6963 6964 6965 6966 6967 6968 6969 6970 6971 6972 6973 6974 6975 6976 6977 6978 6979 6980 6981 6982 6983 6984 6985 6986 6987 6988 6989 6990 6991 6992 6993 6994 6995 6996 6997 6998 6999 7000 7001 7002 7003 7004 7005 7006 7007 7008 7009 7010 7011 7012 7013 7014 7015 7016 7017 7018 7019 7020 7021 7022 7023 7024 7025 7026 7027 7028 7029 7030 7031 7032 7033 7034 7035 7036 7037 7038 7039 7040 7041 7042 7043 7044 7045 7046 7047 7048 7049 7050 7051 7052 7053 7054 7055 7056 7057 7058 7059 7060 7061 7062 7063 7064 7065 7066 7067 7068 7069 7070 7071 7072 7073 7074 7075 7076 7077 7078 7079 7080 7081 7082 7083 7084 7085 7086 7087 7088 7089 7090 7091 7092 7093 7094 7095 7096 7097 7098 7099 7100 7101 7102 7103 7104 7105 7106 7107 7108 7109 7110 7111 7112 7113 7114 7115 7116 7117 7118 7119 7120 7121 7122 7123 7124 7125 7126 7127 7128 7129 7130 7131 7132 7133 7134 7135 7136 7137 7138 7139 7140 7141 7142 7143 7144 7145 7146 7147 7148 7149 7150 7151 7152 7153 7154 7155 7156 7157 7158 7159 7160 7161 7162 7163 7164 7165 7166 7167 7168 7169 7170 7171 7172 7173 7174 7175 7176 7177 7178 7179 7180 7181 7182 7183 7184 7185 7186 7187 7188 7189 7190 7191 7192 7193 7194 7195 7196 7197 7198 7199 7200 7201 7202 7203 7204 7205 7206 7207 7208 7209 7210 7211 7212 7213 7214 7215 7216 7217 7218 7219 7220 7221 7222 7223 7224 7225 7226 7227 7228 7229 7230 7231 7232 7233 7234 7235 7236 7237 7238 7239 7240 7241 7242 7243 7244 7245 7246 7247 7248 7249 7250 7251 7252 7253 7254 7255 7256 7257 7258 7259 7260 7261 7262 7263 7264 7265 7266 7267 7268 7269 7270 7271 7272 7273 7274 7275 7276 7277 7278 7279 7280 7281 7282 7283 7284 7285 7286 7287 7288 7289 7290 7291 7292 7293 7294 7295 7296 7297 7298 7299 7300 7301 7302 7303 7304 7305 7306 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 7319 7320 7321 7322 7323 7324 7325 7326 7327 7328 7329 7330 7331 7332 7333 7334 7335 7336 7337 7338 7339 7340 7341 7342 7343 7344 7345 7346 7347 7348 7349 7350 7351 7352 7353 7354 7355 7356 7357 7358 7359 7360 7361 7362 7363 7364 7365 7366 7367 7368 7369 7370 7371 7372 7373 7374 7375 7376 7377 7378 7379 7380 7381 7382 7383 7384 7385 7386 7387 7388 7389 7390 7391 7392 7393 7394 7395 7396 7397 7398 7399 7400 7401 7402 7403 7404 7405 7406 7407 7408 7409 7410 7411 7412 7413 7414 7415 7416 7417 7418 7419 7420 7421 7422 7423 7424 7425 7426 7427 7428 7429 7430 7431 7432 7433 7434 7435 7436 7437 7438 7439 7440 7441 7442 7443 7444 7445 7446 7447 7448 7449 7450 7451 7452 7453 7454 7455 7456 7457 7458 7459 7460 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 7467 7468 7469 7470 7471 7472 7473 7474 7475 7476 7477 7478 7479 7480 7481 7482 7483 7484 7485 7486 7487 7488 7489 7490 7491 7492 7493 7494 7495 7496 7497 7498 7499 7500 7501 7502 7503 7504 7505 7506 7507 7508 7509 7510 7511 7512 7513 7514 7515 7516 7517 7518 7519 7520 7521 7522 7523 7524 7525 7526 7527 7528 7529 7530 7531 7532 7533 7534 7535 7536 7537 7538 7539 7540 7541 7542 7543 7544 7545 7546 7547 7548 7549 7550 7551 7552 7553 7554 7555 7556 7557 7558 7559 7560 7561 7562 7563 7564 7565 7566 7567 7568 7569 7570 7571 7572 7573 7574 7575 7576 7577 7578 7579 7580 7581 7582 7583 7584 7585 7586 7587 7588 7589 7590 7591 7592 7593 7594 7595 7596 7597 7598 7599 7600 7601 7602 7603 7604 7605 7606 7607 7608 7609 7610 7611 7612 7613 7614 7615 7616 7617 7618 7619 7620 7621 7622 7623 7624 7625 7626 7627 7628 7629 7630 7631 7632 7633 7634 7635 7636 7637 7638 7639 7640 7641 7642 7643 7644 7645 7646 7647 7648 7649 7650 7651 7652 7653 7654 7655 7656 7657 7658 7659 7660 7661 7662 7663 7664 7665 7666 7667 7668 7669 7670 7671 7672 7673 7674 7675 7676 7677 7678 7679 7680 7681 7682 7683 7684 7685 7686 7687 7688 7689 7690 7691 7692 7693 7694 7695 7696 7697 7698 7699 7700 7701 7702 7703 7704 7705 7706 7707 7708 7709 7710 7711 7712 7713 7714 7715 7716 7717 7718 7719 7720 7721 7722 7723 7724 7725 7726 7727 7728 7729 7730 7731 7732 7733 7734 7735 7736 7737 7738 7739 7740 7741 7742 7743 7744 7745 7746 7747 7748 7749 7750 7751 7752 7753 7754 7755 7756 7757 7758 7759 7760 7761 7762 7763 7764 7765 7766 7767 7768 7769 7770 7771 7772 7773 7774 7775 7776 7777 7778 7779 7780 7781 7782 7783 7784 7785 7786 7787 7788 7789 7790 7791 7792 7793 7794 7795 7796 7797 7798 7799 7800 7801 7802 7803 7804 7805 7806 7807 7808 7809 7810 7811 7812 7813 7814 7815 7816 7817 7818 7819 7820 7821 7822 7823 7824 7825 7826 7827 7828 7829 7830 7831 7832 7833 7834 7835 7836 7837 7838 7839 7840 7841 7842 7843 7844 7845 7846 7847 7848 7849 7850 7851 7852 7853 7854 7855 7856 7857 7858 7859 7860 7861 7862 7863 7864 7865 7866 7867 7868 7869 7870 7871 7872 7873 7874 7875 7876 7877 7878 7879 7880 7881 7882 7883 7884 7885 7886 7887 7888 7889 7890 7891 7892 7893 7894 7895 7896 7897 7898 7899 7900 7901 7902 7903 7904 7905 7906 7907 7908 7909 7910 7911 7912 7913 7914 7915 7916 7917 7918 7919 7920 7921 7922 7923 7924 7925 7926 7927 7928 7929 7930 7931 7932 7933 7934 7935 7936 7937 7938 7939 7940 7941 7942 7943 7944 7945 7946 7947 7948 7949 7950 7951 7952 7953 7954 7955 7956 7957 7958 7959 7960 7961 7962 7963 7964 7965 7966 7967 7968 7969 7970 7971 7972 7973 7974 7975 7976 7977 7978 7979 7980 7981 7982 7983 7984 7985 7986 7987 7988 7989 7990 7991 7992 7993 7994 7995 7996 7997 7998 7999 8000 8001 8002 8003 8004 8005 8006 8007 8008 8009 8010 8011 8012 8013 8014 8015 8016 8017 8018 8019 8020 8021 8022 8023 8024 8025 8026 8027 8028 8029 8030 8031 8032 8033 8034 8035 8036 8037 8038 8039 8040 8041 8042 8043 8044 8045 8046 8047 8048 8049 8050 8051 8052 8053 8054 8055 8056 8057 8058 8059 8060 8061 8062 8063 8064 8065 8066 8067 8068 8069 8070 8071 8072 8073 8074 8075 8076 8077 8078 8079 8080 8081 8082 8083 8084 8085 8086 8087 8088 8089 8090 8091 8092 8093 8094 8095 8096 8097 8098 8099 8100 8101 8102 8103 8104 8105 8106 8107 8108 8109 8110 8111 8112 8113 8114 8115 8116 8117 8118 8119 8120 8121 8122 8123 8124 8125 8126 8127 8128 8129 8130 8131 8132 8133 8134 8135 8136 8137 8138 8139 8140 8141 8142 8143 8144 8145 8146 8147 8148 8149 8150 8151 8152 8153 8154 8155 8156 8157 8158 8159 8160 8161 8162 8163 8164 8165 8166 8167 8168 8169 8170 8171 8172 8173 8174 8175 8176 8177 8178 8179 8180 8181 8182 8183 8184 8185 8186 8187 8188 8189 8190 8191 8192 8193 8194 8195 8196 8197 8198 8199 8200 8201 8202 8203 8204 8205 8206 8207 8208 8209 8210 8211 8212 8213 8214 8215 8216 8217 8218 8219 8220 8221 8222 8223 8224 8225 8226 8227 8228 8229 8230 8231 8232 8233 8234 8235 8236 8237 8238 8239 8240 8241 8242 8243 8244 8245 8246 8247 8248 8249 8250 8251 8252 8253 8254 8255 8256 8257 8258 8259 8260 8261 8262 8263 8264 8265 8266 8267 8268 8269 8270 8271 8272 8273 8274 8275 8276 8277 8278 8279 8280 8281 8282 8283 8284 8285 8286 8287 8288 8289 8290 8291 8292 8293 8294 8295 8296 8297 8298 8299 8300 8301 8302 8303 8304 8305 8306 8307 8308 8309 8310 8311 8312 8313 8314 8315 8316 8317 8318 8319 8320 8321 8322 8323 8324 8325 8326 8327 8328 8329 8330 8331 8332 8333 8334 8335 8336 8337 8338 8339 8340 8341 8342 8343 8344 8345 8346 8347 8348 8349 8350 8351 8352 8353 8354 8355 8356 8357 8358 8359 8360 8361 8362 8363 8364 8365 8366 8367 8368 8369 8370 8371 8372 8373 8374 8375 8376 8377 8378 8379 8380 8381 8382 8383 8384 8385 8386 8387 8388 8389 8390 8391 8392 8393 8394 8395 8396 8397 8398 8399 8400 8401 8402 8403 8404 8405 8406 8407 8408 8409 8410 8411 8412 8413 8414 8415 8416 8417 8418 8419 8420 8421 8422 8423 8424 8425 8426 8427 8428 8429 8430 8431 8432 8433 8434 8435 8436 8437 8438 8439 8440 8441 8442 8443 8444 8445 8446 8447 8448 8449 8450 8451 8452 8453 8454 8455 8456 8457 8458 8459 8460 8461 8462 8463 8464 8465 8466 8467 8468 8469 8470 8471 8472 8473 8474 8475 8476 8477 8478 8479 8480 8481 8482 8483 8484 8485 8486 8487 8488 8489 8490 8491 8492 8493 8494 8495 8496 8497 8498 8499 8500 8501 8502 8503 8504 8505 8506 8507 8508 8509 8510 8511 8512 8513 8514 8515 8516 8517 8518 8519 8520 8521 8522 8523 8524 8525 8526 8527 8528 8529 8530 8531 8532 8533 8534 8535 8536 8537 8538 8539 8540 8541 8542 8543 8544 8545 8546 8547 8548 8549 8550 8551 8552 8553 8554 8555 8556 8557 8558 8559 8560 8561 8562 8563 8564 8565 8566 8567 8568 8569 8570 8571 8572 8573 8574 8575 8576 8577 8578 8579 8580 8581 8582 8583 8584 8585 8586 8587 8588 8589 8590 8591 8592 8593 8594 8595 8596 8597 8598 8599 8600 8601 8602 8603 8604 8605 8606 8607 8608 8609 8610 8611 8612 8613 8614 8615 8616 8617 8618 8619 8620 8621 8622 8623 8624 8625 8626 8627 8628 8629 8630 8631 8632 8633 8634 8635 8636 8637 8638 8639 8640 8641 8642 8643 8644 8645 8646 8647 8648 8649 8650 8651 8652 8653 8654 8655 8656 8657 8658 8659 8660 8661 8662 8663 8664 8665 8666 8667 8668 8669 8670 8671 8672 8673 8674 8675 8676 8677 8678 8679 8680 8681 8682 8683 8684 8685 8686 8687 8688 8689 8690 8691 8692 8693 8694 8695 8696 8697 8698 8699 8700 8701 8702 8703 8704 8705 8706 8707 8708 8709 8710 8711 8712 8713 8714 8715 8716 8717 8718 8719 8720 8721 8722 8723 8724 8725 8726 8727 8728 8729 8730 8731 8732 8733 8734 8735 8736 8737 8738 8739 8740 8741 8742 8743 8744 8745 8746 8747 8748 8749 8750 8751 8752 8753 8754 8755 8756 8757 8758 8759 8760 8761 8762 8763 8764 8765 8766 8767 8768 8769 8770 8771 8772 8773 8774 8775 8776 8777 8778 8779 8780 8781 8782 8783 8784 8785 8786 8787 8788 8789 8790 8791 8792 8793 8794 8795 8796 8797 8798 8799 8800 8801 8802 8803 8804 8805 8806 8807 8808 8809 8810 8811 8812 8813 8814 8815 8816 8817 8818 8819 8820 8821 8822 8823 8824 8825 8826 8827 8828 8829 8830 8831 8832 8833 8834 8835 8836 8837 8838 8839 8840 8841 8842 8843 8844 8845 8846 8847 8848 8849 8850 8851 8852 8853 8854 8855 8856 8857 8858 8859 8860 8861 8862 8863 8864 8865 8866 8867 8868 8869 8870 8871 8872 8873 8874 8875 8876 8877 8878 8879 8880 8881 8882 8883 8884 8885 8886 8887 8888 8889 8890 8891 8892 8893 8894 8895 8896 8897 8898 8899 8900 8901 8902 8903 8904 8905 8906 8907 8908 8909 8910 8911 8912 8913 8914 8915 8916 8917 8918 8919 8920 8921 8922 8923 8924 8925 8926 8927 8928 8929 8930 8931 8932 8933 8934 8935 8936 8937 8938 8939 8940 8941 8942 8943 8944 8945 8946 8947 8948 8949 8950 8951 8952 8953 8954 8955 8956 8957 8958 8959 8960 8961 8962 8963 8964 8965 8966 8967 8968 8969 8970 8971 8972 8973 8974 8975 8976 8977 8978 8979 8980 8981 8982 8983 8984 8985 8986 8987 8988 8989 8990 8991 8992 8993 8994 8995 8996 8997 8998 8999 9000 9001 9002 9003 9004 9005 9006 9007 9008 9009 9010 9011 9012 9013 9014 9015 9016 9017 9018 9019 9020 9021 9022 9023 9024 9025 9026 9027 9028 9029 9030 9031 9032 9033 9034 9035 9036 9037 9038 9039 9040 9041 9042 9043 9044 9045 9046 9047 9048 9049 9050 9051 9052 9053 9054 9055 9056 9057 9058 9059 9060 9061 9062 9063 9064 9065 9066 9067 9068 9069 9070 9071 9072 9073 9074 9075 9076 9077 9078 9079 9080 9081 9082 9083 9084 9085 9086 9087 9088 9089 9090 9091 9092 9093 9094 9095 9096 9097 9098 9099 9100 9101 9102 9103 9104 9105 9106 9107 9108 9109 9110 9111 9112 9113 9114 9115 9116 9117 9118 9119 9120 9121 9122 9123 9124 9125 9126 9127 9128 9129 9130 9131 9132 9133 9134 9135 9136 9137 9138 9139 9140 9141 9142 9143 9144 9145 9146 9147 9148 9149 9150 9151 9152 9153 9154 9155 9156 9157 9158 9159 9160 9161 9162 9163 9164 9165 9166 9167 9168 9169 9170 9171 9172 9173 9174 9175 9176 9177 9178 9179 9180 9181 9182 9183 9184 9185 9186 9187 9188 9189 9190 9191 9192 9193 9194 9195 9196 9197 9198 9199 9200 9201 9202 9203 9204 9205 9206 9207 9208 9209 9210 9211 9212 9213 9214 9215 9216 9217 9218 9219 9220 9221 9222 9223 9224 9225 9226 9227 9228 9229 9230 9231 9232 9233 9234 9235 9236 9237 9238 9239 9240 9241 9242 9243 9244 9245 9246 9247 9248 9249 9250 9251 9252 9253 9254 9255 9256 9257 9258 9259 9260 9261 9262 9263 9264 9265 9266 9267 9268 9269 9270 9271 9272 9273 9274 9275 9276 9277 9278 9279 9280 9281 9282 9283 9284 9285 9286 9287 9288 9289 9290 9291 9292 9293 9294 9295 9296 9297 9298 9299 9300 9301 9302 9303 9304 9305 9306 9307 9308 9309 9310 9311 9312 9313 9314 9315 9316 9317 9318 9319 9320 9321 9322 9323 9324 9325 9326 9327 9328 9329 9330 9331 9332 9333 9334 9335 9336 9337 9338 9339 9340 9341 9342 9343 9344 9345 9346 9347 9348 9349 9350 9351 9352 9353 9354 9355 9356 9357 9358 9359 9360 9361 9362 9363 9364 9365 9366 9367 9368 9369 9370 9371 9372 9373 9374 9375 9376 9377 9378 9379 9380 9381 9382 9383 9384 9385 9386 9387 9388 9389 9390 9391 9392 9393 9394 9395 9396 9397 9398 9399 9400 9401 9402 9403 9404 9405 9406 9407 9408 9409 9410 9411 9412 9413 9414 9415 9416 9417 9418 9419 9420 9421 9422 9423 9424 9425 9426 9427 9428 9429 9430 9431 9432 9433 9434 9435 9436 9437 9438 9439 9440 9441 9442 9443 9444 9445 9446 9447 9448 9449 9450 9451 9452 9453 9454 9455 9456 9457 9458 9459 9460 9461 9462 9463 9464 9465 9466 9467 9468 9469 9470 9471 9472 9473 9474 9475 9476 9477 9478 9479 9480 9481 9482 9483 9484 9485 9486 9487 9488 9489 9490 9491 9492 9493 9494 9495 9496 9497 9498 9499 9500 9501 9502 9503 9504 9505 9506 9507 9508 9509 9510 9511 9512 9513 9514 9515 9516 9517 9518 9519 9520 9521 9522 9523 9524 9525 9526 9527 9528 9529 9530 9531 9532 9533 9534 9535 9536 9537 9538 9539 9540 9541 9542 9543 9544 9545 9546 9547 9548 9549 9550 9551 9552 9553 9554 9555 9556 9557 9558 9559 9560 9561 9562 9563 9564 9565 9566 9567 9568 9569 9570 9571 9572 9573 9574 9575 9576 9577 9578 9579 9580 9581 9582 9583 9584 9585 9586 9587 9588 9589 9590 9591 9592 9593 9594 9595 9596 9597 9598 9599 9600 9601 9602 9603 9604 9605 9606 9607 9608 9609 9610 9611 9612 9613 9614 9615 9616 9617 9618 9619 9620 9621 9622 9623 9624 9625 9626 9627 9628 9629 9630 9631 9632 9633 9634 9635 9636 9637 9638 9639 9640 9641 9642 9643 9644 9645 9646 9647 9648 9649 9650 9651 9652 9653 9654 9655 9656 9657 9658 9659 9660 9661 9662 9663 9664 9665 9666 9667 9668 9669 9670 9671 9672 9673 9674 9675 9676 9677 9678 9679 9680 9681 9682 9683 9684 9685 9686 9687 9688 9689 9690 9691 9692 9693 9694 9695 9696 9697 9698 9699 9700 9701 9702 9703 9704 9705 9706 9707 9708 9709 9710 9711 9712 9713 9714 9715 9716 9717 9718 9719 9720 9721 9722 9723 9724 9725 9726 9727 9728 9729 9730 9731 9732 9733 9734 9735 9736 9737 9738 9739 9740 9741 9742 9743 9744 9745 9746 9747 9748 9749 9750 9751 9752 9753 9754 9755 9756 9757 9758 9759 9760 9761 9762 9763 9764 9765 9766 9767 9768 9769 9770 9771 9772 9773 9774 9775 9776 9777 9778 9779 9780 9781 9782 9783 9784 9785 9786 9787 9788 9789 9790 9791 9792 9793 9794 9795 9796 9797 9798 9799 9800 9801 9802 9803 9804 9805 9806 9807
% \iffalse meta-comment
% 
% ekdosis -- Typesetting TEI xml compliant critical editions
% Copyright (C) 2020  Robert Alessi
% 
% Please send error reports and suggestions for improvements to Robert
% Alessi <alessi@robertalessi.net>
% 
% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
% (at your option) any later version.
% 
% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
% General Public License for more details.
% 
% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
% along with this program.  If not, see
% <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
% 
%<*internal>
\iffalse
%</internal>
%<*luapre>
--[[
This file is part of the `ekdosis' package

ekdosis -- Typesetting TEI xml compliant critical editions
Copyright (C) 2020  Robert Alessi

Please send error reports and suggestions for improvements to Robert
Alessi <alessi@robertalessi.net>

This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.

This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program.  If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
--]]

%</luapre>
%<*internal>
\fi
%</internal>
% \fi
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
\ProvidesFile{ekdosis.dtx}
%</driver>
%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
%<package>\ProvidesPackage{ekdosis}
%<*package>
    [2020/10/14 v1.1-dev Typesetting TEI xml compliant critical editions]
%</package>
%<*driver>
\begin{filecontents}[noheader,overwrite]{bibdata.xml}
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<listBibl xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0">
  <biblStruct type="book" xml:id="ReynoldsWilson1991">
    <monogr>
      <title level="m">Scribes and Scholars</title>
      <author>
        <forename>L. D.</forename>
        <surname>Reynolds</surname>
      </author>
      <author>
        <forename>N. G.</forename>
        <surname>Wilson</surname>
      </author>
      <edition>3</edition>
      <imprint>
        <pubPlace>Oxford</pubPlace>
        <publisher>Clarendon Press</publisher>
        <date>1991</date>
      </imprint>
    </monogr>
  </biblStruct>
  <biblStruct type="book" xml:id="sDrak">
    <monogr>
      <title level="m">Punicorum libri septemdecim</title>
      <author>
        <forename>Tiberius Catius</forename>
        <surname>Silius Italicus</surname>
      </author>
      <editor>
        <forename>Arnold</forename>
        <surname>Drakenborch</surname>
      </editor>
      <edition>Trajecti ad Rhenum</edition>
      <imprint>
        <pubPlace>Utrecht</pubPlace>
        <date>1717</date>
      </imprint>
    </monogr>
  </biblStruct>
</listBibl>
\end{filecontents}
\begin{filecontents}[overwrite]{\jobname.bib}
@Article{Alessi2020,
  author =	 {Alessi, Robert},
  title =	 {ekdosis: Using Lua\LaTeX{} for Producing \texttt{TEI
                  xml} Compliant Critical Editions and Highlighting
                  Parallel Writings},
  journaltitle = {Journal of Data Mining and Digital Humanities},
  date =	 2020,
  pubstate =	 {submitted},
  issuetitle =   {Collecting, Preserving, and Disseminating Endangered
                  Cultural Heritage for New Understandings through
                  Multilingual Approaches},
  eprinttype =	 {hal},
  eprint =	 {hal-02779803}
}

@Book{Caesar-BG-v2,
  author =	 {{Caesar}},
  title =	 {Gallic War},
  origtitle =	 {Guerre des Gaules},
  date =	 1987,
  origdate =	 1926,
  editor =	 {Constans, L.-A.},
  volume =	 2,
  pagination =	 {none},
  series =	 {Collection des Universités de France},
  publisher =	 {Les Belles Lettres},
  location =	 {Paris}
}

@Book{CaesarTr,
  author = 	 {{Caesar}},
  title = 	 {Gallic War},
  date =	 1869,
  editor =	 {McDevitte, W. A., and Bohn, W. S.},
  edition =	 1,
  series =	 {Harper's New Classical Library},
  publisher =	 {Harper \& Brothers},
  location =	 {New York}}

@Book{ReynoldsWilson1991,
  author =	 {Reynolds, L. D. and Wilson, N. G},
  title =	 {Scribes and Scholars},
  year =	 {1991},
  subtitle =	 {A Guide to the Translation of Greek and Latin
                  Literature},
  edition =	 {3},
  publisher =	 {Clarendon Press},
  location =	 {Oxford}
}

@Book{West1973,
  author =	 {West, Martin L.},
  title =	 {Textual Criticism and Editorial Technique},
  date =	 1973,
  titleaddon =	 {Applicable to Greek and Latin Texts},
  publisher =	 {B. G. Teubner},
  location =	 {Stuttgart}
}

@Online{DLL-TC,
  author =	 {{Digital Latin Library}},
  title =	 {Textual Criticism},
  url =
  {https://digitallatin.org/library-digital-latin-texts/textual-criticism},
  urldate =	 {2020-05-24}
}

@Online{Mastronarde.Tarrant2017,
  author =	 {Mastronarde, Donald J. and Tarrant, Richard J.},
  title =	 {Review: Guidelines for Encoding Critical Editions
                  for the Library of Digital Latin Texts},
  date =	 {2017-12-04},
  url =
  {https://classicalstudies.org/scs-blog/donald-j-mastronarde/review-guidelines-encoding-critical-editions-library-digital-latin},
  organization = {Society for Classical Studies}
}

@Online{TBE,
  author =	 {Van den Branden, Ron and Terras, Melissa and
                  Vanhoutte, Edward},
  title =	 {TEI by Example},
  urldate =	 {2020-08-04},
  url =		 {http://www.teibyexample.org}
}

@Software{fnpos,
  title =	 {The Fnpos package},
  titleaddon =	 {Control the position of footnotes on the page},
  author =	 {Nakashima, Hiroshi},
  url =		 {http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fnpos},
  date =	 {2018-09-03},
  version =	 {1.0}
}

@Software{lineno,
  title =	 {The Lineno package},
  titleaddon =	 {Line numbers on paragraphs},
  author =	 {Lück, Uwe and Böttcher, Stephan},
  url =		 {http://www.ctan.org/pkg/lineno},
  date =	 {2005-11-02},
  version =	 {4.41}
}

@Software{paracol,
  title =	 {The Paracol package},
  titleaddon =	 {Multiple columns with texts “in parallel”},
  author =	 {Nakashima, Hiroshi},
  url =		 {http://www.ctan.org/pkg/paracol},
  date =	 {2018-12-31},
  version =	 {1.35}
}

@Software{polyglossia,
  title =	 {The Polyglossia package},
  titleaddon =	 {An alternative to babel for XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX},
  author =	 {Charette, François and Reutenauer, Arthur},
  url =		 {http://www.ctan.org/pkg/polyglossia},
  date =	 {2020-04-08},
  version =	 {1.49}
}

@Software{babel,
  title =	 {The Babel package},
  titleaddon =	 {Multilingual support for Plain TeX or LaTeX},
  author =	 {Bezos López, Javier and Braams, Johannes L.},
  url =		 {http://www.ctan.org/pkg/babel},
  date =	 {2020-07-13},
  version =	 {3.47}
}

@Software{arabluatex,
  title =	 {The Arabluatex package},
  titleaddon =	 {ArabTeX for LuaLaTeX},
  author =	 {Alessi, Robert},
  url =		 {http://ctan.org/pkg/arabluatex},
  date =	 {2020-03-23},
  version =	 {1.20}
}

@Software{icite,
  title =	 {The Icite package},
  subtitle =	 {Indices locorum citatorum},
  author =	 {Alessi, Robert},
  url =		 {http://ctan.org/pkg/icite},
  date =	 {2020-03-05},
  version =	 {1.3a}
}

@Software{arabtex,
  title =	 {The Arabtex package},
  titleaddon =	 {Macros and fonts for typesetting Arabic},
  author =	 {Lagally, Klaus},
  url =
  {http://baobab.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de/ifi/bs/research/arab_e.html},
  date =	 {2004-03-11},
  version =	 {4.00}
}
\end{filecontents}
\begin{filecontents}[overwrite]{\jobname-cfg.tex}
\footnotelayout{m}
\EnvtoTEI{ancientgreek}{p}[xml:lang="grc"]
\DeclareApparatus{fontium}[
        delim=\hskip0.75em,
        bhook=\textbf{Sources:}]
\DeclareApparatus{default}[
        delim=\hskip0.75em]
\DeclareApparatus{ltr}[
        delim=\hskip0.75em]
\DeclareApparatus{rtl}[
        direction=RL,
        sep={[ },
        delim=\hskip0.75em]
\DeclareWitness{M}{M}{\emph{Marcianus Gr.} 269}[
        settlement=Venice,
        institution=Marciana Library,
        msName=Marcianus Gr.,
        idno=269,
        origDate=s. X]
\DeclareHand{M1}{M}{M\textsuperscript{1}}[Emendatio scribae ipsius]
\DeclareHand{M2}{M}{M\textsuperscript{2}}[Manus posterior]
% Peter and John Story:
\DeclareWitness{pjA}{A}{Manuscript A Call No 123}
\DeclareWitness{pjB}{B}{Manuscript B Call No 456}
\DeclareWitness{pjC}{C}{Manuscript C Call No 789}
% Caesar's Gallic War:
\DeclareWitness{cA}{A}{\emph{Bongarsianus} 81}[
               msName=Bongarsianus,
               settlement=Amsterdam,
               idno=81,
               institution=University Library,
               origDate=s. IX--X]
\DeclareHand{cA1}{cA}{A\textsuperscript{1}}[\emph{Emendationes
               scribae ipsius}]
\DeclareWitness{cM}{M}{\emph{Parisinus Lat.} 5056}[
               origDate={s. XII}]
\DeclareWitness{cB}{B}{\emph{Parisinus Lat.} 5763}[
               origDate={s. IX--X}]
\DeclareWitness{cR}{R}{\emph{Vaticanus Lat.} 3864}[
               origDate={s. X}]
\DeclareWitness{cS}{S}{\emph{Laurentianus} R 33}[
               origDate={s. X}]
\DeclareWitness{cL}{L}{\emph{Londinensis} Br. Mus. 10084}[
               origDate={s. XI}]
\DeclareWitness{cN}{N}{\emph{Neapolitanus} IV, c. 11}[
               origDate={s. XII}]
\DeclareWitness{cT}{T}{\emph{Parisinus Lat.} 5764}[
               origDate={s. XI}]
\DeclareWitness{cf}{\emph{f}}{\emph{Vindobonensis} 95}[
               origDate={s. XII}]
\DeclareWitness{cU}{U}{\emph{Vaticanus Lat.} 3324}[
               origDate={s. XI}]
\DeclareWitness{cl}{\emph{l}}{\emph{Laurentianus} Riccard. 541}[
               origDate={s. XI--XII}]
\DeclareShorthand{ca}{α}{cA,cM,cB,cR,cS,cL,cN}
\DeclareShorthand{cb}{β}{cT,cf,cU,cl}
% Hippocrates Epidemics, Book 2:
\DeclareWitness{hV}{V}{\emph{Vaticanus Gr.} 276}
\DeclareWitness{hI}{I}{\emph{Parisinus Gr.} 2140}
\DeclareHand{hIac}{hI}{I\textsuperscript{ac}}[Lectio ante correctionem]
\DeclareHand{hIpc}{hI}{I\textsuperscript{pc}}[Lectio post correctionem]
\DeclareWitness{hR}{R}{\emph{Vaticanus Gr.} 277}
\DeclareWitness{hH}{H}{\emph{Parisinus Gr.} 2142}
\DeclareSource{Lit}{Littré}
\DeclareSource{Erm}{Ermerins}
\DeclareSource{Sm}{Smith}
\DeclareSource{Gal}{Gal.}
\DeclareScholar{ego}{ego}[
                forename=Robert,
                surname=Alessi]
\DeclareShorthand{egomute}{\unskip}{ego}
\DeclareShorthand{hcodd}{codd.}{hV,hI,hR,hH}
\DeclareShorthand{hedd}{edd.}{Lit,Erm,Sm}
\DeclareShorthand{hegoscr}{\emph{scripsi}}{ego}
% Silius Italicus' Punica, IX, 30--2:
\DeclareWitness{sL}{L}{Laurentianus, plut, XXXVII, cod. 16}[
                      origDate=s. XV]
\DeclareWitness{sF}{F}{Florentianus, Bibl. Aed. Fl. Eccl. CXCVI}[
                      origDate=s. XV]                      
\DeclareWitness{sO}{O}{Oxoniensis Collegii Reginensis CCCXIV}[
                      origDate=s. XV]                      
\DeclareWitness{sV}{V}{Vaticanus lat. 1652}[
                      origDate=s. XV]
\DeclareSource{sDrak}{\emph{Drakenborch}}
\end{filecontents}
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
 %\usepackage[letterpaper,margin=25mm,left=50mm,nohead]{geometry}
\usepackage[letterpaper,margin=1.25in,left=50mm,nohead]{geometry}
\usepackage{dox}
\doxitem{Option}{option}{options}
\usepackage{microtype}
\usepackage[no-math]{fontspec}
\usepackage[latin.classic,greek.ancient,american]{babel}
\babelfont{rm}[
   SlantedFont={Old Standard},
   SlantedFeatures={FakeSlant=0.25},
   BoldSlantedFont={Old Standard},
   BoldSlantedFeatures={FakeBold=1.5,FakeSlant=0.25}]{Old Standard}
\babelfont{sf}{NewComputerModern Sans}
\babelfont{tt}{NewComputerModern Mono}
\babelfont[greek]{rm}[
   Script=Greek, RawFeature={+ss05;+ss06},
   SlantedFont={Old Standard},
   SlantedFeatures={FakeSlant=0.25},
   BoldSlantedFont={Old Standard},
   BoldSlantedFeatures={FakeBold=1.5,FakeSlant=0.25}]{Old Standard}
\babelfont[greek]{sf}[Script=Greek]{NewComputerModern Sans}
\babelfont[greek]{tt}[Script=Greek]{NewComputerModern Mono}
\babeltags{ancientgreek = greek}
\def\sg#1{\textancientgreek{#1}}
\usepackage[Old Standard]{mathfont}
\usepackage{arabluatex}
\usepackage[parnotes=roman,teiexport=tidy,verse]{ekdosis}
\input{ekdosis-cfg}
\AddxmlBibResource{bibdata.xml}
\usepackage{booktabs}
\usepackage{xltabular}
\usepackage[prevent-all]{widows-and-orphans}
\usepackage[shortcuts,nospacearound]{extdash}
\usepackage[american]{isodate}
\usepackage{nextpage}
\usepackage{spacingtricks}
\usepackage{csquotes}
\usepackage{relsize}
\usepackage{enumitem}
\setlist{nosep}
\setlist[itemize]{label=\textendash}
\setlist[enumerate,1]{label=(\alph*)}
\newlist{remarks}{enumerate}{10}
\setlist[remarks]{
  label*=\textsc{Rem.} \arabic*,
  left=0.25in,
  before=\smaller}
\usepackage{manfnt}
\usepackage{lettrine}
\newcommand\danger{\lettrine[loversize=-.5]{\textdbend}{\hskip6pt}}
\usepackage{metalogox}
\usepackage{hologo}
\usepackage{xcolor}
\newbool{nocolordoc}
\definecolor{ekdcolor}{RGB}{243,241,235}
\definecolor{cinnamon}{rgb}{0.82, 0.41, 0.12}
\ifbool{nocolordoc}{
  \colorlet{ekdcolor}{white}
  \colorlet{cinnamon}{black}}{}
\definecolor{gainsboro}{RGB}{222,222,222}
\PassOptionsToPackage{bookmarks=true}{hyperref}
\usepackage{xurl}
\usepackage[numbered]{hypdoc}
\usepackage[loadlang=en]{metastr}
\hypersetup{
  colorlinks,
  allcolors=cinnamon,
  linktocpage=true,
  pdftype={Text}
}
\usepackage{uri}
\labelformat{section}{sect.~#1}
\labelformat{subsection}{sect.~#1}
\labelformat{subsubsection}{sect.~#1}
\labelformat{figure}{fig.~#1}
\usepackage[defaultindex=none,citecmd=autocite]{icite}
\bibinput{ekdosis}
\usepackage[nospace,american]{varioref}
\usepackage[style=oxnotes-inote,dashed]{biblatex}
\DeclareSourcemap{
    \maps[datatype=bibtex]{
      \map{
        \step[fieldsource=issuetitle]
        \step[fieldset=journalsubtitle,origfieldval]
    }
  }
}
\ifbool{nocolordoc}
{
  \usepackage{academicons}
  \def\oasymbol{\aiOpenAccess}
  \usepackage{biblatex-ext-oa}
}
{\usepackage[symbolpackage=tikz]{biblatex-ext-oa}}
\DeclareDelimFormat[bib,biblist]{nametitledelim}{\addcomma\space}
\DeclareDelimFormat[bib,biblist]{innametitledelim}{\addcomma\space}
\renewcommand*\newunitpunct{\addcomma\space}
\newcommand*{\halurl}[1]{http://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/#1}
\DeclareFieldFormat{eprint:hal}{%
  \ifhyperref
    {\href{\halurl{#1}}{hal:~\nolinkurl{#1}}}
    {hal:~\nolinkurl{#1}}}
\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:HAL}{eprint:hal}
\DeclareOpenAccessEprintUrl[always]{hal}{%
  http://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/\thefield{eprint}}
\DeclareOpenAccessEprintAlias{HAL}{hal}
\addbibresource{ekdosis.bib}
\metaset{titletext}{%
  \metapick[#1]{title}%
  \metacompose[#1]{subtitle}{\metaget[sep]{subtitle}}{}{}}
\metaset[print]{titletext}{%
  \metatitleline[print]{title}%
  \metatitleline[print]{subtitle}%
  \metatitleline[print]{author}%
  \metatitleline[print]{contactemail}%
  \metatitlelinetwo[print]{date}[print]{draft}}
\metaset[skip]{subtitle}{\vspace{1ex}}
\metaset[skip]{author}{\vspace{2ex}}
\metaset[skip]{date}{\vspace{1ex}}
\metaset[style]{title}{\LARGE}
\metaset[style]{author}{\large}
\metaset[sep]{draft}{ -- }
\metasetlang{en-US}
\metaset{title}{ἔκδοσις}
\metaset{date}{\filedate}
\metaset{draft}{\fileversion}
\metaset{subject}{TEI xml compliant critical editions}
\metaset{subtitle}{Typesetting TEI xml Compliant Critical Editions}
\metaset[print]{subtitle}{Typesetting \texttt{TEI xml} Compliant
  Critical Editions}
\metaset{author}{Robert Alessi}
\metaset{keywords}{LaTeX, Lua, TEI xml, multilingual critical
  editions, alignment, segmentation}
\metaset{contactemail}{alessi@roberalessi.net}
\metaset[print]{contactemail}{\mailto[ekdosis]{alessi@robertalessi.net}}
\metaset{contacturl}{http://www.roberalessi.net}
\metaset{partof}{The ekdosis Package}
\metaset[print]{partof}{The \textsf{ekdosis} Package}
\metaset{copyrightowner}{\metapick[#1]{author}}
\metaset{copyrightdate}{2020}
\metaset{licensemessage}{Permission is granted to copy, distribute
  and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free
  Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by
  the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no
  Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license
  is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation
  License''.}
\metaset{licenseurl}{https://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl-1.3.html}
\metaset[print]{licenseurl}{%
  \url{https://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl-1.3.html}}
\metaset[cmd]{licenselogo}{\includegraphics[scale=0.75]{#1}}
\metawritepdfinfo
\metawritepdfaux
\metawritepdfpreamble
\metawritepdfcontact
\metawritepdfrights
\usepackage{multicol}
\setlength\IndexMin{100pt}
\usepackage{tocloft}
\newlistof{listing}{lol}{List of listings}
\renewcommand\cfttocprehook{\begin{multicols}{2}}
\renewcommand\cfttocposthook{\end{multicols}}
\renewcommand\cfttoctitlefont{\Large\bfseries}
\renewcommand\cftlolprehook{\begin{multicols}{2}}
\renewcommand\cftlolposthook{\end{multicols}}
\renewcommand\cftloltitlefont{\Large\bfseries}
\usepackage{units}
\newcommand*\tred[1]{\textcolor{red}{#1}}
\usepackage{fbox}
\usepackage{tikz}
\usetikzlibrary{tikzmark}
\NewDocumentCommand{\pointto}{m}{%
  \tikz[remember picture] \draw[>->,color=blue,overlay] (0em,0.5ex) to
  ([shift={(0.5em,0pt)}]pic cs:#1);%
  \tikz[remember picture] \draw[color=gray, overlay]
  ([shift={(0.5em,0.5ex)}]pic cs:#1) circle [radius=8pt];}
\NewDocumentCommand{\pointtol}{m}{%
  \tikz[remember picture] \draw[>->,color=blue,overlay] (0em,0.5ex) to
  [bend left] ([shift={(0.5em,0pt)}]pic cs:#1);%
  \tikz[remember picture] \draw[color=gray, overlay]
  ([shift={(0.5em,0.5ex)}]pic cs:#1) circle [radius=8pt];}
\NewDocumentCommand{\pointtor}{m}{%
  \tikz[remember picture] \draw[>->,color=blue,overlay] (0em,0.5ex) to
  [bend right] ([shift={(0.5em,0pt)}]pic cs:#1);%
  \tikz[remember picture] \draw[color=gray, overlay]
  ([shift={(0.5em,0.5ex)}]pic cs:#1) circle [radius=8pt];}
\NewDocumentCommand{\pointtoer}{m}{%
  \tikz[remember picture] \draw[>->,color=blue,overlay] (0em,0.5ex) to
  [bend right] ([shift={(0em,0pt)}]pic cs:#1);%
  \tikz[remember picture] \draw[color=gray, overlay]
  ([shift={(-0.5em,0.5ex)}]pic cs:#1) ellipse [x radius=45pt, y
  radius=6pt];}
\usepackage[breakable, skins, xparse]{tcolorbox}
\tcbset{colback=white, boxrule=0.4pt, colframe=cinnamon,
  breakable}
\usepackage[newfloat]{minted}
\labelformat{listing}{listing~#1}
\ifbool{nocolordoc}{\usemintedstyle{bw}}{}
\setminted{bgcolor=ekdcolor,linenos, fontsize=\small}
\newminted[ekdlua]{lua}{bgcolor={}, linenos, fontsize=\relsize{-0.5},
  xleftmargin=12pt, breaklines, numberblanklines=false, numbersep=3pt}
\renewcommand{\theFancyVerbLine}{\normalfont\smaller\arabic{FancyVerbLine}}
\usepackage[contents]{colordoc}
\newcommand{\pkg}[1]{\textsf{#1}\index{#1=#1 (package)}}
\newcommand{\env}[1]{\texttt{#1}\index{#1=#1 (environment)}}
\backgroundcolor{c}{ekdcolor}
\usepackage{caption}
\captionsetup[listing]{position=above,skip=-1ex}
\usepackage{needspace}
\NewDocumentCommand{\captof}{O{listing} m O{}}{%
  \bgroup
  \needspace{5\baselineskip}%
  \vskip 1ex plus 2pt minus 2pt%
  \captionof{#1}{#2}%
  #3%
  \egroup}
\NewDocumentCommand{\newfeature}{o}{%
  \leavevmode
  \IfNoValueTF{#1}
  {\marginpar{\hfill\emph{New feature}}}
  {\marginpar{\hfill\emph{New feature} #1}}%
  \ignorespaces
}
% \usepackage{etoc}
% \etocsettocdepth{paragraph}
% \newcommand{\ekdtableofcontents}{%
%   \begingroup
%   \etocsetstyle{section}{}{}
%   {\etocsavedsectiontocline{%
%       \numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}
%   \etocsetstyle{subsection}{}{}
%   {\etocsavedsubsectiontocline{%
%       \numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}%
%   \etocsetstyle{subsubsection}{}{}
%   {\etocsavedsubsubsectiontocline{%
%       \numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}%
%   \etocsetstyle{paragraph}{}{\leftskip2cm\rightskip 2.2em \parfillskip
%     0pt plus 1fil\relax \nobreak}
%   {\noindent\etocname{} \etocpage{} }{\par}%
%   \etocmulticolstyle[2]{\section*{Contents}}
%   \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{toc}
%   \tableofcontents
%   \endgroup}
\EnableCrossrefs
\CodelineIndex
\RecordChanges
 %\OnlyDescription
\begin{document}
\DocInput{\jobname.dtx}
\PrintChanges
\PrintIndex
\end{document}
%</driver>
% \fi
%
% \CheckSum{0}
%
% \CharacterTable
%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
%
% \GetFileInfo{\jobname.dtx}
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newenvironment,\begin,\begingroup}
% \DoNotIndex{\bgroup,\def,\edef,\egroup,\else,\expandafter,\endgroup}
% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\ifdefined,\luadirect,\luastring,\luastringN}
% \DoNotIndex{\luastringO,\NewDocumentCommand,\space,\unexpanded}
%
% \pdfbookmark[1]{\metaterm{title}}{title}
% \begin{tcolorbox}[
%   colframe=black,
%   enhanced,
%   drop lifted shadow,
%   colback=white,
%   boxrule=.25mm,
%   halign=center,
%   center
%   ]
%   \metapick[print]{titletext}
% \end{tcolorbox}
%
% \tableofcontents
% \listoflistings
%
% \changes{v0.99a}{2020/07/08}{First public release (documentation in
% progress)}
% \changes{v1.0}{2020/08/14}{Documentation complete}
%
% \begin{abstract}
%   \pkg{ekdosis} is a Lua\LaTeX{} package designed for
%   multilingual critical editions. It can be used to typeset texts
%   and different layers of critical notes in any direction accepted
%   by Lua\TeX. Texts can be arranged in running paragraphs or on
%   facing pages, in any number of columns which in turn can be
%   synchronized or not. In addition to printed texts,
%   \pkg{ekdosis} can convert \texttt{.tex} source files so as to
%   produce \texttt{TEI xml} compliant critical
%   editions. Database-driven encoding under \LaTeX{} then allows
%   extraction of texts entered segment by segment according to
%   various criteria: main edited text, variant readings, translations
%   or annotated borrowings between texts. It is published under the
%   terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) version 3.
% \end{abstract}
%
% \section*{License and Disclaimer}
% \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{License and disclamer}
% \subsection*{License Applicable to this Document}
% \pdfbookmark[2]{Licence applicable to this document}{copyright-doc}
% \leavevmode\marginpar{\hfill\texttt{fdl1.3}}
% \metapick[print]{rightstext} (See below \vref{sec:fdl}.)
%
% \subsection*{License Applicable to the Software}
% \pdfbookmark[2]{Licence applicable to the software}{copyright-soft}
% \label{sec:license-software}
%
% \pkg{ekdosis} --- \metapick[print]{subtitle}
% \metapick[print]{copyrightstatement}
%
% Please send error reports and suggestions for improvements to Robert
% Alessi:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item email: \mailto[ekdosis package]{alessi@roberalessi.net}
% \item website: \url{http://www.robertalessi.net/ekdosis}
% \item development: \url{http://git.robertalessi.net/ekdosis}
% \item comments, feature requests, bug reports:
% \url{https://gitlab.com/ralessi/eksodis/issues}
% \end{itemize}
%
% \leavevmode\marginpar{\hfill\texttt{gpl3+}}
% This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
% the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
% (at your option) any later version.
%
% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
% General Public License for more details.
%
% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
% along with this program.  If not, see
% \href{http://www.gnu.org/licenses}%
% {\texttt{<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>}}.
%
% This release of \pkg{ekdosis} consists of the following
% source files:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item |ekdosis.ins|
% \item |ekdosis.dtx|
% \item |ekdosis.el|
% \item |Makefile|
% \end{itemize}
%
% \section{Introduction}
% \label{sec:introduction}
% \begin{comment}
%   \begin{keyfigure}{l={fig:grid-typesetting},c={Grid Typesetting
%     (which never came into existence)}, t={Each square in the grid
%     has a side length of \unit[10]{pt}. Therefore, the distance
%     between the last line of the text and the first line of the
%     apparatus is here approximately \unit[25]{pt}.}}
%     \centering
%     \begin{tikzpicture}
%       \draw[gainsboro,thin] (0.5,0.5) grid [step=10pt] (10,5); %
%       \path node [align=justify, text width=8cm] at (5.5,3) {%
%       I saw my friend Peter at the station yesterday. We were both
%       in a great mood.  \enquote{How nice to find you here!} he
%       said. I chuckled to myself, recalling the last time we
%       met.\par
%       \rule{3cm}{0.01cm}\par\footnotesize%
%       \textbf{1}~saw A] met B\hskip1em Peter A] John B \hskip1em
%       \textbf{2}~great A] good B\hskip1em \textbf{2--3}~How
%       nice... said A] \emph{om.} B\hskip1em \textbf{4} \emph{post}
%       met \emph{add.} there B.}; \node at (0,3) {\scriptsize
%       $\approx$ \unit[25]{pt}}; \draw [->] (0,2.875) -- (0,2.025);
%     \end{tikzpicture}
%   \end{keyfigure}
% \end{comment}
% 
% The reader will find here, by way of introduction, a summarized
% version of the first part of an article that the author submitted
% some weeks ago to the
% \mkbibemph{\citefield{Alessi2020}{journaltitle}} as a contribution
% to a Digital Humanities workshop held at Stanford University
% (\printdate{2019-04-15}).\footcite{Alessi2020}
%
% The name of this package, \pkg{ekdosis}, derives from a Greek
% action noun\---\sg{ἔκδοσις}\---the meaning of which is:
% \enquote{publishing a book}, and also in concrete sense: \enquote{a
% publication, treatise}. For us moderns, this term refers to a long
% tradition of scholarly work consisting in establishing from
% manuscript evidence the texts of Greek and Latin classics that were
% handled down through the Middle Ages to the time of the first
% printed editions. Of course, this definition is extendible to other
% languages as well. The basic premise is that critical editions
% exhibit reconstructed texts from manuscript evidence either under
% the title of the edited text (direct tradition) or from explicit
% citations or parallel passages or translations in other languages
% (indirect tradition).
%
% Whether in print or digital, critical editions come with an
% apparatus criticus in which is mentioned all the evidence that was
% used to build the edited text. Arguably, it is precisely on this
% common point that the two kind of editions part ways for reading a
% traditional, well written apparatus criticus is only meant for
% experienced readers. Getting oneself familiarized with its many
% conventional rules is not unrelated to learning a language, equipped
% with technical terms, grammar rules and style embellishments, which
% came into existence out of over three centuries of scholarly
% attainments. Nevertheless, whereas this language is immediately
% accessible to human mind's ability to use language and interpret
% conventional symbols, it is quite inaccessible to a computer unless
% every item of information has been encoded in the rather dumb format
% that is suited to machines.
%
% On the other hand, editions in print have their own limitations. For
% example, every detail that editors of classical texts decide to
% discard to save space, regardless to its relevance to the purpose of
% the edition, is lost permanently as in the case of dialectal
% coloring of ancient books. Furthermore, passages collected as
% indirect tradition are only available as references in the
% \emph{apparatus testium} and cannot be referred to the original
% text. As a result, the reader is refrained from bestowing attention
% upon major parallel passages to understand better difficult passages.
%
% To conclude on these issues, print publications and digital editions
% are often contrasted as they belonged to two different
% worlds.\footnote{For a good illustration of this point, see
% \cite[\mkbibquote{Content, not Display}]{DLL-TC}.}  It is commonly
% said that the content of editions in print is the result of the
% binding of the book itself as an object, whereas digital editions,
% in which format and presentation are by definition separated from
% content, are free from limitations coming from such bindings. To sum
% up from the foregoing considerations, this statement is likely to be
% qualified: as already seen above, the apparatus criticus must be
% looked at as a brilliant production of mind refined by centuries of
% scholarly tradition\---and surely tradition must go on\---arguably
% not as compact paragraphs that require special and painful training
% to be \enquote*{decoded}. On the other hand, what editions in print
% do not provide are what \citename{Mastronarde.Tarrant2017}{author}
% have called \enquote{actionable texts for use in digital research},%
% {\interfootnotelinepenalty=10000\footcite{Mastronarde.Tarrant2017}}
% namely database-driven texts allowing the reader to select
% annotations and display or arrange translations, parallel passages
% or borrowings in a variety of ways.
% 
% \pkg{ekdosis} can be seen as an attempt at combining the two
% approaches.
%
% \subsection{Requirements}
% \label{sec:requirements}
% Please refer to \vref{ref:ekdrequirements}.
%
% \subsection{Features}
% \label{sec:features}
% A list of the main features of \pkg{ekdosis} follows:---
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item \label{it:multicol-feature}\emph{Multilingual critical
%   editions\/}: \pkg{ekdosis} can be used to typeset any number of
%   texts in any direction accepted by \hologo{LuaTeX}. Running
%   paragraphs of text can be arranged in any number of columns,
%   either on single or facing pages, which in turn can be
%   synchronized or not. \pkg{ekdosis} is also suitable for complex
%   layouts as in the case of Arabic poetry or images where three-way
%   alignment is required, or diagrams, \emph{\&c}.
% \item \label{it:multilayer-feature}\emph{Apparatus criticus\/}:
%   Edited texts can receive multiple layers of apparatus, e.g.\
%   apparatus criticus (to record variant readings), apparatus fontium
%   (to collect references to texts quoted or cited in the edited
%   text), apparatus testium (to collect testimonia or parallel
%   passages), or any kind of short notes to be printed on the same
%   page as the edited text, \emph{\&c}.
% \item \texttt{TEI xml} output: \pkg{ekdosis} can be instructed to
%   output both PDF and \texttt{TEI xml} files at the same time.
% \item \emph{Database-driven encoding} under \LaTeX{} of texts
%   entered segment by segment allows for alignment of parallel texts
%   from multilingual corpora.
% \end{enumerate}
%
% Before going into detail, the following simple example will give the
% reader a general idea of the method of encoding with
% \pkg{ekdosis} authoritative texts composed of lemmata, in a way
% that is very close to \texttt{TEI xml} encoding:---
%
% \captof{The \enquote{Peter/John} basic example}[\label{lst:pj1}]
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{latex}
\begin{ekdosis}
  I 
  \app{
    \lem{saw}
    \rdg{met}
  }
  my friend \app{\lem{Peter}\rdg{John}} at the station yesterday.
\end{ekdosis}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% PDF output:---
% \medskip
% 
% \needspace{7\baselineskip}
% \begin{alignment}[flush,tcols=1,texts=specimen,apparatus=specimen]
%   \begin{specimen}
%   I 
%   \app{
%     \lem{saw}
%     \rdg{met}
%     }
%   my friend
%   \app{
%     \lem{Peter}
%     \rdg{John}
%     }
%   at the station yesterday.
%   \end{specimen}
% \end{alignment}
%
% \texttt{TEI xml} output:---
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<p>I 
<app>
  <lem>saw</lem>
  <rdg>met</rdg>
</app>my friend 
<app>
  <lem>Peter</lem>
  <rdg>John</rdg>
</app>at the station yesterday.</p>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% As can be seen from \vref{lst:pj1}, the edition text is inserted in
% the \env{ekdosis} environment (l.~1 to 8). Then two
% \cs{app}\marg{apparatus entry} commands (ll.~3 and 7) contain the
% lemma (\cs{lem}\marg{lemma}), namely the reading that is accepted by
% the editor, and at least one variant reading
% (\cs{rdg}\marg{reading}, ll.~5 and 7). As the listing shows, the
% editor is free to lay out the code in a legible manner to the eye:
% the first lemma above spans several lines whereas the second one is
% written in sequence without spaces.
%
% In the PDF ouput, the edition text is printed in the upper part of
% the page, above the line, and naturally shows the accepted
% readings. The margins are used for numeration. In the apparatus
% criticus, below the line, reference to the text is made by
% specifying the number of the line and if several entries refer to
% the same line, numbers are not repeated. Instead, entries are
% separated from one another by a broad horizontal space. Finally, a
% square bracket is used inside entries to distinguish the lemma from
% the variant readings.
%
% Furthermore, as said above, if a \texttt{TEI xml} output be
% required, \pkg{ekdosis} compiles an additional |.xml| file an
% excerpt of which is provided above.
%
% \section{The Basics of \pkg{ekdosis}}
% \label{sec:ekdosis-basics}
%
%\subsection{Loading the Package\---General Options}
%\label{sec:load-general-options}
%
% \pkg{ekdosis} is loaded in the preamble like so:---
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\usepackage{ekdosis}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
% 
% \pkg{ekdosis} may be loaded with four optional \enquote*{named
% arguments} either of which is set using the syntax
% \meta{key}$=$\meta{value}. The description of the optional arguments
% follows.
%
% \danger The reader is invited to refer to the relevant sections of
% this documentation for more information on how to use them.
% 
% \DescribeOption{layout}\label{ref:layout-opt}
% |layout|$=$\verb+float|footins+\hfill\tcboxverb{Default: float}\\
% By default, layers of critical notes are inserted as a floating
% environment to be printed at the bottom of pages. |layout=footins|
% can be set to insert critical notes in the default footnote block
% which can be considered to be a special kind of float that is
% printed at the bottom of pages. In this case, the apparatus criticus
% will be inserted between regular numbered footnotes, but will carry
% no footnote mark of its own.
%
% \DescribeOption{divs}\label{ref:divs-opt}
% |divs|$=$\verb+ekdosis|latex+\hfill\tcboxverb{Default: ekdosis}\\
% In many occasions, \LaTeX{} standard textual divisions do not meet
% the specific requirements of classical and literary texts, the
% divisions of which may depend on many different received
% traditions. \pkg{ekdosis} provides a flexible mechanism in which
% format and presentation have been carefully separated from
% content. It is designed to build un-numbered \texttt{TEI} divisions
% allowed to nest recursively.\footnote{See below,
% \vref{sec:body-divisions}.} However, if |divs| be set to |latex|,
% \LaTeX{} standard textual divisions can be used and will be
% translated into \texttt{TEI} numbered |<div>| elements.
%
% \danger It must be noted that the two styles are mutually exclusive.
% \vskip\baselineskip
% 
% \DescribeOption{parnotes}\label{ref:parnotes-opt}
% |parnotes|$=$\verb+true|false|roman+%
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: not set}\\
% This named argument does not need a value as it defaults to |true|
% if it is used. Apparatus criticus typeset by \pkg{ekdosis} may
% contain notes and footnotes. The latter can be laid out as
% paragraphed notes below the block of critical notes by means of the
% \pkg{parnotes} package. Additionally, |parnotes=roman| prints these
% footnotes numbered with Roman numerals.
%
% \DescribeOption{teiexport}\label{ref:teiexport-option}
% |teiexport|$=$\verb+true|false|tidy+%
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: not set}\\
% This named argument does not need a value as it defaults to |true|
% if it is used. If |teiexport| be set to |true|, \pkg{ekdosis} is
% instructed to output both PDF and \texttt{TEI xml} files at the same
% time. By default, the \texttt{TEI} file will receive the same
% basename as the |.tex| source file, suffixed with |-tei.xml|. The
% raw |.xml| file that is produced by \pkg{ekdosis} can be further
% processed by the \textsf{tidy} console application.\footnote{See
% \url{http://www.html-tidy.org}.} To make this happen, \textsf{tidy}
% must be installed and the |.tex| source file must be compiled with
% the |--shell-escape| facility so that spawning programs from
% \LaTeX{} can be allowed.\footnote{See
% \url{https://texfaq.org/FAQ-spawnprog} for more information on how
% to do this.}
%
% As an example, the following line loads \pkg{ekdosis} and instructs
% it to output a \texttt{TEI xml} file (in addition to the PDF one)
% and to use \pkg{parnotes} to format with Roman numerals the footnotes
% that are inserted in the apparatus criticus:---
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\usepackage[teiexport, parnotes=roman]{ekdosis}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \subsection{Witnesses, Hands, Sources, Scholars \& Shorthands}
% \label{sec:declarations}
% \paragraph{Terminology}
% \label{sec:terminology}
% Strictly speaking, the term \enquote{witness} should apply to any
% manuscript evidence dating back to the Middle Ages used by the
% editor to establish the edition text. That said, editors often
% consult many other types of documents, such as modern editions,
% articles, notes, correspondence and the like, all of which fall into
% the category of \enquote{sources}. Furthermore, unpublished
% conjectures are also taken into account, not to mention the
% corrections and emendations that are proposed in many places by the
% editor of the text. As it is necessary to refer to scholars as
% individuals, \enquote{scholars} naturally emerges as a third
% category.
%
% Any reference that is to be used in the apparatus criticus must be
% \enquote{declared} in the preamble beforehand, namely: manuscript
% sigla (either for single manuscripts or manuscript families, primary
% or later hands, \emph{\&c.}), abbreviated last names of sources
% and scholars.  To that effect, \pkg{ekdosis} provides the following
% preamble-only commands:---
% 
% \paragraph{Witnesses}
% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareWitness} \cs{DeclareWitness}\marg{unique
% id}\marg{rendition}\marg{description}\oarg{options}
% \label{ref:declarewitness}\\
% This command requires three mandatory arguments enclosed between
% curly braces used to specify consecutively:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item The unique identifier of the witness to be used both in the
%   |.tex| source file and as an |xml:id| in the \texttt{TEI xml}
%   output if any.
% \item The rendition to be used in the printed apparatus criticus,
%   which also will be found within the |<sourceDesc>| element of the
%   \texttt{TEI} header where the description of the witness occurs,
%   within a |<abbr type="siglum">| element.
% \item A basic description of the manuscript to be found in a typical
%   printed Conspectus Siglorum, namely: the name of the manuscript
%   followed by its call number.
% \end{enumerate}
% Finally, the optional argument of \cs{DeclareWitness} accepts a
% comma-separated list of the following \enquote{name=value} arguments
% that are used to collect items of information to be found within
% the |<msIdentifer>| element in the \texttt{TEI}
% header:---\footnote{See
% \url{https://tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/MS.html\#msid}
% for detailed information on these elements.}\\
% \DescribeOption{settlement} |settlement|$=$\meta{name}: The name of
% a city or administrative unit.\\
% \DescribeOption{institution} |institution|$=$\meta{name}: The name
% of an institution such as a university or library.\\
% \DescribeOption{repository} |repository|$=$\meta{name}: The name of
% the repository within which the witness is stored.\\
% \DescribeOption{collection} |collection|$=$\meta{name}: The name of
% a collection of manuscripts.\\
% \DescribeOption{idno} |idno|$=$\meta{call \#}: Any form of call
% number.\\
% \DescribeOption{msName} |msName|$=$\meta{name}: The name commonly
% used for the witness.\\
% \DescribeOption{origDate} |origDate|$=$\meta{date}: Any form of date
% used to identify the date of origin for the witness.
%
% \label{ref:marcianus-b}
% To take here one example, a witness such as the \emph{Marcianus
% Graecus}~269, referred to as manuscript \enquote*{M} in the
% editions, which contains sixty treatises transmitted under the name
% of Hippocrates, could be declared as follows:---
%
%\iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\DeclareWitness{M}{M}{\emph{Marcianus Gr.} 269}[
        settlement=Venice,
        institution=Marciana Library,
        msName=Marcianus Gr.,
        idno=269,
        origDate=s. X]
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \paragraph{Hands} 
% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareHand} \cs{DeclareHand}\marg{unique
% id}\marg{base ms.}\marg{rendition}\oarg{note}\\
% This command requires three mandatory arguments enclosed between
% curly braces and one optional argument between square brackets used
% to specify consecutively:---
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item The unique identifier of the hand to be used both in the
% |.tex| source file and as an |xml:id| in the \texttt{TEI xml} output
% if any.
% \item The unique idendifier of the witness the hand is related
% to. Of course, this witness must have been declared beforehand.
% \item The rendition to be used in the printed apparatus criticus,
% which also will be found within the |<handNote>| element of the
% \texttt{TEI} header where the description of the hand occurs, within
% a |<abbr type="siglum">| element.
% \item Some further information about the hand.
% \end{enumerate}
%
% To continue the preceding example, here is how additions and
% corrections found in the \emph{Marcianus Gr.}~269 could be declared
% after this witness has been declared itself:---
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\DeclareHand{M1}{M}{M\textsuperscript{1}}[Emendatio scribae ipsius]
\DeclareHand{M2}{M}{M\textsuperscript{2}}[Manus posterior]
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% As can be seen, values such as |M|, |M1| and |M2| in the |.tex|
% source file will be printed as \getsiglum{M}, \getsiglum{M1} and
% \getsiglum{M2} respectively. Not only the code gains legibility, but
% also flexibility for simply changing any declared rendition will
% update corresponding sigla throughout the entire edition.
%
% As a final example, here is how \pkg{ekdosis} would encode
% information as declared above for the \emph{Marcianus Gr.}~269
% should a \texttt{TEI} output be required:---
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<sourceDesc>
  <listWit>
    <witness xml:id="M">
    <abbr type="siglum">M</abbr>
    <emph>Marcianus Gr.</emph>269 
    <msDesc>
      <msIdentifier>
        <settlement>Venice</settlement>
        <institution>Marciana Library</institution>
        <idno>269</idno>
        <msName>
          Marcianus Gr.
        </msName>
      </msIdentifier>
      <physDesc>
        <handDesc hands="2">
          <handNote xml:id="M1">
            <abbr type="siglum">M
            <hi rend="sup">1</hi></abbr>
            <p>Emendatio scribae ipius</p>
          </handNote>
          <handNote xml:id="M2">
            <abbr type="siglum">M
            <hi rend="sup">2</hi></abbr>
            <p>Manus posterior</p>
          </handNote>
        </handDesc>
      </physDesc>
      <history>
        <origin>
          <origDate>s. X</origDate>
        </origin>
      </history>
    </msDesc></witness>
  </listWit>
</sourceDesc>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
% \label{ref:marcianus-e}
%
% \paragraph{Sources}
% \label{ref:declare-source}
% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareSource} \cs{DeclareSource}\marg{unique
% label}\marg{rendition}\newfeature[v1.1]\\
% The \emph{Conspectus Siglorum} that is placed ahead of the edition
% text is traditionally divided into two parts: a)~\emph{Codices},
% which provides the list of sigla used in the apparatus,
% b)~\emph{Editiones uel Studia}, which provides references to
% sources, either published or unpublished, which contain conjectures
% used in the apparatus criticus. \cs{DeclareSource} takes two
% mandatory arguments used to specify consecutively:---
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item A unique label used in the |.tex| source file to refer to the
%   work where the conjecture is found.
% \item The rendition to be used in the printed apparatus criticus.
% \end{enumerate}
%
% \danger As \pkg{ekdosis} can include and use \texttt{TEI xml}
% compliant lists of references,\footnote{See below
% \vref{sec:references-cited-works}.} it is advisable to use
% Bib\hologo{(La)TeX} labels in the first argument of
% \cs{DeclareSource}. Otherwise, the unique label used to declare the
% source would point to no |xml:id| and the \texttt{TEI xml} would not
% be valid. Likewise, shorthands fields from the bibliographical
% database can be recalled from within the second argument of
% \cs{DeclareSource}:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\DeclareSource{Wil}{Wilamowitz}
% or for example:
\DeclareSource{Wil}{\citename{Wil}{shorteditor}}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
% \label{sec:declarations-end}
%
% \paragraph{Scholars}
% \label{ref:declare-scholar}
% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareScholar}\cs{DeclareScholar}\marg{unique
% id}\marg{rendition}\oarg{options}\newfeature[v1.1]\\
% Occasionally, it is necessary to refer to a scholar as a person. For
% example, corrections and conjectures are commonly inserted as
% self-references to the editor of the text in the apparatus criticus
% in print with such words as \emph{scripsi}, \emph{addidi},
% \emph{correxi} and the like. Other examples come from unpublished
% conjectures of other scholars found in private
% libraries. \cs{DeclareScholar} takes two mandatory arguments to
% specify consecutively:---
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item The unique identifier of the scholar to be used both in the
% |.tex| source file and as an |xml:id| in the \texttt{TEI xml} output
% if any.
% \item The rendition to be used in the apparatus criticus in print,
% which also will be found within the |<sourceDesc>| element of the
% \texttt{TEI} header where the description of the persons cited
% occurs, within an |<abbr type="siglum">| element.
% \end{enumerate}
% Finally, the optional argument of \cs{DeclareScholar} accepts the
% following comma-separated list of |key-value| arguments:---\\
% \DescribeOption{rawname}|rawname|$=$\meta{name}\\
% |rawname| refers to a name that is not to be dissected into name
% part components such as forename, surname and the like. If |rawname|
% be used, then \pkg{ekdosis} will ignore the following three optional
% arguments: |forename|, |surname| and |addname|.\\
% \DescribeOption{forename}|forename|$=$\meta{forename}\\
% |forename| refers to first and middle names or initials.\\
% \DescribeOption{surname}|surname|$=$\meta{surname}\\
% |surname| stores the last name.\\
% \DescribeOption{addname} |addname|$=$\meta{additional name}\\
% |addname| refers to an additional or alternate name by which the
% scholar is known viz.\ a Latinized form of the name, a nickname, an
% epithet or alias.\\
% \DescribeOption{note} |note|$=$\meta{note}\\
% |note| may hold any relevant information about the material used by
% the editor. For example, a note may specify that this material has
% been found as marginal notes by the hand of the scholar in some
% edition in print.
%
% \paragraph{Shorthands}
% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareShorthand} \cs{DeclareShorthand}\marg{unique
% id}\marg{rendition}\marg{csv list of identifiers}\\
% This command provides a convenient way to declare \emph{families} of
% witnesses. It takes three mandatory arguments used to specify
% consecutively:---
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item The unique identifier of the family to be used in the |.tex|
%   source file.
% \item The rendition to be used in the printed apparatus criticus.
% \item A comma-separated list of previously declared witnesses.
% \end{enumerate}
%
% As an example, the manuscripts of Caesar's \emph{Gallic War} are
% divided into two families: α, which includes mss.\ A, M, B, R, S, L
% and N, and β, which includes mss.\ T, f, U and l. Therefore,
% provided that all these witnesses have been already declared, here
% is how the two families α  and β could be
% declared:---\footnote{These witnesses are used in the example
% provided below in \vref{lst:caesar-bg}.}
% \label{ref:caesar-bg-sigla}
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\DeclareShorthand{a}{α}{A,M,B,R,S,L,N}
\DeclareShorthand{b}{β}{T,f,U,l}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% Then, symbols |a| and |b| can be used in the |.tex| source file in
% place of manuscripts that belong to either family.
%
% That said, \cs{DeclareShorthand} is not meant to be restricted to
% declared witnesses. On the contrary, it also applies to any declared
% sources and scholars by means of \cs{DeclareSource} and
% \cs{DeclareScholar}. As an example, assuming that a self-reference
% to the person responsible for the edition has been set in the
% preamble, an associated shorthand can be defined like so:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{latex}
\DeclareScholar{ego}{ego}[
     forename=John,
     surname=Smith,
     note=Main editor of the text]
\DeclareShorthand{egoscr}{\emph{scripsi}}{ego}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% Then, the shorthand |egoscr| (l.~5) can be used to print in the
% apparatus criticus the technical term \emph{scripsi} and use at the
% same time the pointer |#ego| that is expected in the \texttt{TEI
% xml} output file. Detailed examples of this technique will be
% provided below in \vref{sec:emendations-conjectures}.
%
% \subsubsection{Printing Formatted Witnesses
% --- Conspectus Siglorum}
% \label{sec:print-witnesses}
% Once witnesses, hands, scholars and sources have been declared,
% \pkg{ekdosis} provides two commands to have them printed as declared
% from their indentifiers.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\getsiglum} \cs{getsiglum}\marg{csv list of witnesses
% or single witness} behaves exactly as the |wit| optional argument of
% \cs{lem} and \cs{rdg} described below on pages~\pageref{ref:lem-wit}
% and \pageref{ref:rdg-wit}. From a single identifier or from a
% comma-separated list of identifiers, it returns their formatted
% counterparts. To return to the example provided
% \vpagerefrange{ref:marcianus-b}{ref:marcianus-e}, |\getsiglum{M}|
% would return \getsiglum{M}, while |\getsiglum{M1}| would return
% \getsiglum{M1}.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\SigLine} \cs{SigLine}\marg{unique id} returns from
% \meta{unique id} used in the first argument of
% \cs{DeclareWitness}\footnote{See above
% \vpageref{ref:declarewitness}.} a line ready to be inserted in a
% table set to print a Conspectus Siglorum with the following items of
% information separated by the symbol |&|: the siglum referring to the
% witness, the contents of the |description| field and the contents of
% the |origDate| field. An example of how one could print the
% Conspectus Siglorum of the manuscripts of Caesar's \emph{Gallic War}
% from the list provided \vpageref{ref:caesar-bg-sigla} follows:---
%
% \captof{Conspectus Siglorum of Caesar's \emph{Gallic War}}
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\begin{xltabular}[c]{0.75\linewidth}{lXl}
  \caption*{\textbf{Conspectus siglorum}}\\
  \multicolumn{3}{c}{\emph{Familia} \getsiglum{a}}\\
  \SigLine{A}\\
  & \getsiglum{A1} \emph{Emendationes scribae ipsius} & \\
  \SigLine{M}\\
  [...]
  \SigLine{N}\\
  \multicolumn{3}{c}{\emph{Familia} \getsiglum{b}}\\
  \SigLine{T}\\
  [...]
  \SigLine{l}\\
\end{xltabular}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \begin{xltabular}[c]{0.75\linewidth}{lXl}
%   \caption*{\textbf{Conspectus siglorum}}\\
%   \multicolumn{3}{c}{\emph{Familia} \getsiglum{ca}}\\
%   \SigLine{cA}\\
%   & \getsiglum{cA1} \emph{Emendationes scribae ipsius} & \\
%   \SigLine{cM}\\
%   \SigLine{cB}\\
%   \SigLine{cR}\\
%   \SigLine{cS}\\
%   \SigLine{cL}\\
%   \SigLine{cN}\\
%   \multicolumn{3}{c}{\emph{Familia} \getsiglum{cb}}\\
%   \SigLine{cT}\\
%   \SigLine{cf}\\
%   \SigLine{cU}\\
%   \SigLine{cl}\\
% \end{xltabular}
%
% \subsection{Editing a Single Text}
% \label{sec:single-text-editing}
% \DescribeEnv{ekdosis}
% Running paragraphs of one single text to be edited should be
% inserted in the \env{ekdosis} environment, like so:\footnote{See
% above \vref{lst:pj1}.}---
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\begin{ekdosis}
  Edition text goes here.
\end{ekdosis}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
% 
% \paragraph{Apparatus Entries}
% \DescribeMacro{\app} \cs{app}|[type=|\meta{type}|]|\marg{apparatus
% entries}\label{ref:app-cmd}\\
% This command takes one mandatory argument and accepts one optional
% argument.  Once references to be used as witnesses in the apparatus
% criticus have been declared in the preamble as described in
% \ref{sec:declarations}
% \vpagerefrange{sec:declarations}{sec:declarations-end}, the \cs{app}
% command is used for inserting entries in the apparatus criticus,
% either lemmata, readings or notes, like so:---
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
I saw my friend \app{\lem{Peter}\rdg{John}} yesterday.
or:
I saw my friend
  \app{
    \lem{Peter}
    \rdg{John}
  }
yesterday.
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
% \cs{app} accepts one further optional argument:---\\
% \DescribeOption{type} |type|$=$\meta{type}\label{ref:app-type}
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: default}\\
% As will be described below in \vref{sec:multilayer-apparatus},
% \pkg{ekdosis} initially sets one layer of notes\--- the |default|
% layer\---in the apparatus criticus. This layer is fit to receive
% notes related to variant readings from witnesses and sources used by
% the editor to establish the edition text. Additional layers can be
% defined to receive other kinds of notes, such as references to texts
% quoted or cited in the text of the edition (\emph{apparatus
% fontium}), references to testimonia, or quotations of the edited
% text by other authors (\emph{apparatus testium}), explanatory notes,
% and so forth.\footnote{See below, \vref{ref:type-note}.} Once
% additional layers have been defined and assigned to new
% \enquote*{types}, such as \enquote*{testium} and the like, these
% types can be used as values appended to the |type| \enquote*{named
% option}. For more information about inserting notes in
% multiple-layer apparatus, see \vref{sec:notes-in-multilayer-app}.
%
% \paragraph{Base text and variants} As can be seen in the example
% above, there are two kinds of individual readings: the \emph{lemma},
% which contains the base text accepted by the editor, and the
% \emph{reading}, which contains deviant readings rejected by the
% editor.
%
% \danger What follows refers to the notions of \enquote{witness},
% \enquote{source} and \enquote{scholar} as defined above
% \vpageref{sec:terminology}.
%
% \paragraph{Lemmata} \label{ref:lemmata}\DescribeMacro{\lem}
% \cs{lem}\oarg{options}\marg{lemma text}\\
% As \meta{lemma text} is a word or a phrase judged by the editor to
% be authentic or authoritative, \cs{lem} prints it by default both in
% the edition text and as the first part of a new entry in the
% apparatus criticus, preceded by the line number where it occurs or a
% broad space if the entry refers to the same line as the preceding
% entry. \label{ref:lem-opts-b}The optional argument of \cs{lem}
% accepts the following
% comma-separated list of \enquote{name$=$value} arguments:---\\
% \DescribeOption{wit} |wit|$=$\meta{csv list of
% witnesses}\label{ref:lem-wit}\\
% While a single witness may be recorded as in |wit=A|,
% comma-separated lists of multiple witnesses must obviously be
% enclosed in curly braces, like so:
% |wit={A,B,C}|. \label{ref:mss-sep-families}It must be noted that
% witnesses can be grouped by using spaces as separators, like so:
% \verb*|wit={A,B,C, D,E,F}|. Although any unique identifiers or
% labels used to \enquote{declare} sources and scholars as described
% above \vpagerefrange{ref:declare-source}{ref:declare-scholar} can
% also be used as values of the |wit| optional argument, it is
% recommended to use |sources| and |resp| to refer to either category
% respectively as described below.\\
% \DescribeOption{source} |source|$=$\meta{csv list of
% sources}\label{ref:lem-source}\newfeature[v1.1]\\
% A \enquote{source} refers to any type of document consulted by the
% editor to establish the edition text. Most commonly, corrections and
% emendations from previous editions are cited in the apparatus
% criticus.\footnote{For edition texts used as sources, see examples
% below in \vref{sec:emendations-conjectures} and
% \vref{sec:references-cited-works}.}\\
% \DescribeOption{resp} |resp|$=$\meta{csv list of
% scholars}\label{ref:lem-resp}\newfeature[v1.1]\\
% |resp| refers to scholars responsible for the emendations,
% conjectures and corrections that are cited in the apparatus
% criticus.\footnote{See detailed examples in
% \vref{sec:emendations-conjectures}.}\\
% \DescribeOption{alt} |alt|$=$\meta{alternate lemma}\\
% While the mandatory argument of \cs{lem}, \meta{lemma text}, is
% always used to print the edition text in the upper part of the page,
% \meta{alternate lemma}, if specified, supersedes what is printed in
% the related entry of the apparatus criticus. This mechanism is
% useful in more than one respect. For instance, it can be used to
% insert abbreviated lemmata in the apparatus criticus, or to
% introduce an alternate way of writing entries with Latin technical
% terms in the apparatus criticus as will be demonstrated below in the
% example
% provided by \vref{lst:pj2}.\\
% \DescribeOption{sep} |sep|$=$\meta{separator}\\
% |sep| allows to change the symbol used to separate the lemma text
% from deviant readings, which is by default the closing square
% bracket (|]|)\\
% \DescribeOption{nosep} |nosep|$=$\verb+true|false+\\
% This named argument does not need a value as it defaults to |true|
% if it is used. |nosep| removes the separator mentioned
% above. Obviously, |nosep| must be used when for some reason no
% \cs{rdg} command follows a \cs{lem} command that has just been
% used, as shown below in \vref{lst:emend-coni-corr}, l.~7.
% \danger \DescribeMacro{\ekdsep} If |nosep| has been used so as to
% insert an explanatory note after the lemma text with the \cs{note}
% command described below \vpageref{ref:editorial-notes}, then
% \cs{ekdsep} can be used\---for instance as value of the |post|
% optional argument of the note\---to put back in the separator. This
% technique is demonstrated below in
% \vref{lst:emend-coni-corr}, ll.~23--5.\\
% \DescribeOption{nolem} |nolem|$=$\verb+true|false+\\
% This named argument does not need a value as it defaults to |true|
% if it is used. |nolem| completely removes the lemma text from the
% related
% entry in the apparatus criticus.\\
% \DescribeOption{type} |type|$=$\meta{value}\\
% This named argument has no effect on the apparatus criticus of the
% edition in print, but it is used in the \texttt{TEI xml} ouput to
% classify the variation recorded in the entry according to some
% convenient typology. Categories such as lexical, morphological,
% orthographical and the like may apply. Obviously, |type=emendation|
% should be restricted to lemma texts and |type=conjecture| to variant
% readings recorded by means of \cs{rdg} described below.
%
% \needspace{11\baselineskip}
% Finally, four named arguments can be used to insert words at the
% following specific places in the lemma text:\\
% \noindent
% \fparbox*{\centered{\textbf{1} \tikzmark{pre}\tred{pre} Peter
% \tikzmark{post}\tred{post} \tikzmark{prewit}\tred{prewit}
% \getsiglum{pjA}
% \tikzmark{postwit}\tred{postwit}] John \getsiglum{pjB}}}\\
% \DescribeOption{pre} |pre|$=$\meta{words}\pointtol{pre}\\
% |pre| inserts \meta{words} \emph{before} the lemma text.\\
% \DescribeOption{post} |post|$=$\meta{words}\pointto{post}\\
% |post| inserts \meta{words} \emph{after} the lemma text.\\
% \DescribeOption{prewit} |prewit|$=$\meta{words}\pointto{prewit}\\
% |prewit| inserts \meta{words} \emph{before} the list of witnesses.\\
% \DescribeOption{postwit} |postwit|$=$\meta{words}\pointtor{postwit}\\
% |postwit| inserts \meta{words} \emph{after} the list of witnesses.
% \label{ref:lem-opts-e}
%
% \paragraph{Readings} \DescribeMacro{\rdg}
% \cs{rdg}\oarg{options}\marg{variant reading}\\
% As \meta{reading} is a word or a phrase judged by the editor to be
% unsatisfactory or corrupted, \cs{rdg} prints it by default in the
% last part of the corresponding entry in the apparatus criticus,
% after the symbol that is used to separate words of the base text
% (the lemma text) from words rejected by the editor.  The optional
% argument of \cs{rdg} accepts a comma-separated list of
% \enquote{name$=$value} arguments that is almost identical to
% \cs{app}. Therefore, emphasis will be placed here only on the
% differences. The reader is invited to refer to the description
% provided above \vpagerefrange{ref:lem-opts-b}{ref:lem-opts-e} for
% more detailed information:---\\
% \DescribeOption{wit} |wit|$=$\meta{csv list of
% witnesses}\label{ref:rdg-wit}\\
% \DescribeOption{source} |source|$=$\meta{csv list of sources}\\
% \DescribeOption{resp} |resp|$=$\meta{csv list of scholars}\\
% \DescribeOption{alt} |alt|$=$\meta{alternate reading}\\
% \DescribeOption{nordg} |nordg|$=$\verb+true|false+\\
% This named argument does not need a value as it defaults to |true|
% if it is used. |nordg| completely removes the variant reading from
% the related entry in the apparatus criticus.\\
% \DescribeOption{type} |type|$=$\meta{value}\\
% Obviously, |type=conjecture| should be restricted to variant
% readings and |type=emendation| to lemma texts recorded by means of
% \cs{lem} described above.\\
% \DescribeOption{pre} |pre|$=$\meta{words}\\
% \DescribeOption{post} |post|$=$\meta{words}\\
% \DescribeOption{prewit} |prewit|$=$\meta{words}\\
% \DescribeOption{postwit} |postwit|$=$\meta{words}\\
%
% \paragraph{Notes}
% \DescribeMacro{\note}\label{ref:notes-b}\DescribeMacro{\note*}
% \cs{note}\oarg{options}\marg{text} or
% \cs{note*}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\label{ref:editorial-notes}\\
% It may happen that editorial notes be needed to record short
% comments of general nature \emph{between} lemmata and
% readings. \cs{note} inserts inline comments while \cs{note*} places
% comments below the entire apparatus block. Furthermore, if
% \pkg{ekdosis} has been loaded with the |parnotes| option as
% described above \vpageref{ref:parnotes-opt}, \cs{note*} will use the
% \pkg{parnotes} package to lay out the notes as an additional
% paragraph below the apparatus criticus. The optional argument of
% \cs{note}/\cs{note*} accepts the following comma-separated list of
% \enquote{name$=$value}
% arguments:---\\
% \DescribeOption{pre} |pre|$=$\meta{words}\\
% |pre| inserts \meta{words} immediately before the note.\\
% \DescribeOption{post} |post|$=$\meta{words}\\
% |post| inserts \meta{words} immediately after the note.\\
%
% \danger Under no circumstances is it permitted to insert this
% command \cs{note} or \cs{note*} inside the argument of \cs{lem} or
% \cs{rdg}. \cs{note}/\cs{note*} must go \emph{between} these
% commands. As a general rule, within \cs{app}|{}| elements, notes are
% inserted immediately \emph{after} the lemma or the variant reading
% they are related to. However, as will be described below in
% \vref{ref:type-note}, the command \cs{note}\---with no star
% appended\---that is used to insert explanatory notes or references
% to sources or testimonia is permitted within the mandatory argument
% of \cs{lem}|{}|, although it is subject to a very strict syntax.
%
% \Vref{lst:pj2} provides an illustration of some of the possibilities
% afforded by the commands just described:---
%
% \captof{The \enquote{Peter/John} full example}[\label{lst:pj2}]
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{latex}
\begin{ekdosis}
  I 
  \app{
    \lem[wit=A]{saw}
    \rdg[wit=B]{met}}
  my friend
  \app{
    \lem{Peter}
    \rdg{John}
  }
  at the station yesterday. We were both in a
  \app{
    \lem[wit=A]{great}
    \rdg[wit=B]{good}}
  mood.
  \app{
    \lem[wit=A, alt={How nice... said}]{\enquote{How nice to find
        you here!} he said.}
    \note*{There are no quotation marks in the mss.}
    \rdg[wit=B, alt=\emph{om.}]{}}
  I chuckled to myself, recalling the last time we
  \app{
    \lem[wit=A,nolem]{met}
    \rdg[wit=B, alt={\emph{post} met \emph{add.} there}]{met
      there}
    \note*{Ms. \getsiglum{B} provides other additions of this kind.}}.
\end{ekdosis}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example> 
% \fi
%
% \needspace{7\baselineskip}
% \resetlinenumber
% \begin{alignment}[flush,tcols=1,texts=specimen,apparatus=specimen]
%   \begin{specimen}
%     I \app{\lem[wit=pjA]{saw}\rdg[wit=pjB]{met}} my friend
%     \app{
%     \lem{Peter}
%     \rdg{John}
%   }
%     at the station yesterday. We were both in a
%     \app{
%     \lem[wit=pjA]{great}
%     \rdg[wit=pjB]{good}}
%     mood.
%     \app{
%     \lem[wit=pjA, alt={\textooquote How nice... said}]{\enquote{How
%     nice to find you here!} he said.}
%     \note*{There are no quotation marks in the mss.}
%     \rdg[wit=pjB, alt=\emph{om.}]{}}
%     I chuckled to myself, recalling the last time we
%     \app{
%     \lem[wit=pjA,nolem]{met}
%     \rdg[wit=pjB, alt={\emph{post} met \emph{add.} there}]{met
%     there}
%     \note*{Ms. \getsiglum{pjB} provides other additions of this kind.}}.
%   \end{specimen}
% \end{alignment}
%
% \begin{remarks}
% \item Close examination of lines~17--8 from \vref{lst:pj2} shows how
%   |alt| has been used to insert an abridged lemma text in the
%   apparatus criticus in print while keeping safe what is to be found
%   in the \texttt{TEI xml} output.
% \item The same technique has been used at line~24 to insert
%   alternate words, including Latin technical terms, in place of the
%   variant reading. Hence the use of |nolem| at line~23 to remove the
%   lemma text from the apparatus criticus in print.
% \item \cs{note*} has been used to insert short annotations in two
%   places (ll.~19 and 26).
% \item For an example of the use of |nordg|, see below
% \vref{lst:caesar-bg}, l.~11.
% \end{remarks}
%
% The corresponding \texttt{TEI xml} output produced by \pkg{ekdosis}
% from the \LaTeX{} source file follows:---
% 
% \captof{The \enquote{Peter/John} full example: \texttt{TEI xml}
% output}[\label{lst:pj2-tei}]
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<p>I 
<app>
  <lem wit="#A">saw</lem>
  <rdg wit="#B">met</rdg>
</app>my friend 
<app>
  <lem>Peter</lem>
  <rdg>John</rdg>
</app>at the station yesterday. We were both in a
<app>
  <lem wit="#A">great</lem>
  <rdg wit="#B">good</rdg>
</app>mood. 
<app>
  <lem wit="#A">
  <quote>How nice to find you here!</quote> he said.</lem>
  <note>There are no quotation marks in the mss.</note>
  <rdg wit="#B" />
</app>I chuckled to myself, recalling the last time we 
<app>
  <lem wit="#A">met</lem>
  <rdg wit="#B">met there</rdg>
  <note>Ms. 
  <ref target="#B">B</ref>provides other additions of
  this kind.</note>
</app>.</p>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
% \label{ref:notes-e}
%
% \subsection{Indicating Subvariation in Apparatus Entries}
% \label{sec:indic-subv-appar}
% It must be noted that grouping readings so as to keep emphasis on
% subvariation, regardless of its cause, is entirely optional.
% Furthermore, the applicability of this technique is limited to the
% \texttt{TEI xml} output as it helps the machines to understand a
% grouping otherwise immediately accessible to human mind from the
% information that is available in well-written
% apparatus. \pkg{ekdosis} provides two ways of expressing
% subvariation.
%
% \subsubsection{Implicit Grouping}
% \label{sec:implicit-grouping}
% Because apparatus entries may nest recursively, the \cs{app} command
% can be used to group similar readings.
%
% \danger However, for nesting to work, the |alt| optional argument
% must be used in every \cs{lem} and \cs{rdg} command involved in the
% nesting. This rule applies to both parent and child commands, as
% demonstrated in the following example:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
As I was walking home through Times Square, I saw my friend
\app{
  \lem[wit={A,B}, alt={Peter\---Street}]{Peter at the
    \app{
      \lem[wit=A, alt=station]{station}
      \rdg[wit=B, alt=bookstore]{bookstore}
    }
    on 42nd Street}
  \rdg[wit=C, alt={John on Broadway}]{John on Broadway}
}.
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% PDF output:---
% \medskip
% 
% \needspace{7\baselineskip}
% \resetlinenumber
% \begin{alignment}[flush,tcols=1,texts=specimen,apparatus=specimen]
%   \begin{specimen}
%    As I was walking home through Times Square, I saw my friend
%    \app{
%      \lem[wit={pjA,pjB}, alt={Peter\---Street}]{Peter at the
%        \app{
%          \lem[wit=pjA, alt=station]{station}
%          \rdg[wit=pjB, alt=bookstore]{bookstore}}
%        on 42nd Street}
%      \rdg[wit=pjC, alt={John on Broadway}]{John on Broadway}}.
%   \end{specimen}
% \end{alignment}
%
% \texttt{TEI xml} output:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<p>As I was walking home through Times Square, I saw my
friend 
<app>
  <lem wit="#A #B">Peter at the 
  <app>
    <lem wit="#A">station</lem>
    <rdg wit="#B">bookstore</rdg>
  </app>on 42nd Street</lem>
  <rdg wit="#C">John on Broadway</rdg>
</app>.</p>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \subsubsection{Explicit Grouping}
% \label{sec:explicit-grouping}
% \DescribeMacro{\rdgGrp} \cs{rdgGrp}\oarg{options}\marg{lemma text
% \textbar\ readings}\newfeature[v1.1]\\
% Explicit grouping of readings can be achieved by means of the
% \cs{rdgGrp} command. It takes as mandatory argument the commands
% used for inserting lemma texts, readings and notes that are
% described \vpagerefrange{ref:lemmata}{ref:notes-e}, viz.\ \cs{lem},
% \cs{rdg} and \cs{note}. \cs{rdgGrp} accepts one further optional
% argument:---\\
% \DescribeOption{type} |type|$=$\meta{value}\\
% This named argument is used in the \texttt{TEI xml} output to
% define an attribute common to all elements representing the
% variation.
%
% Here follows how the technique of explicit grouping would apply to
% the same passage as above:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
As I was walking home through Times Square, I saw my friend
\app{
  \rdgGrp[type=subvariation]{
    \lem[wit=A, alt={Peter\---Street}]{Peter at the station
      on 42nd Street}
    \rdg[wit=B, alt={bookstore \emph{pro} station}]{Peter at the
      bookstore on 42nd Street}
  }
  \rdg[wit=C]{John on Broadway}
}.
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
% 
% PDF output:---
% \medskip
% 
% \needspace{7\baselineskip}
% \resetlinenumber
% \begin{alignment}[flush,tcols=1,texts=specimen,apparatus=specimen]
%   \begin{specimen}
% As I was walking home through Times Square, I saw my friend
% \app{
%   \rdgGrp[type=subvariation]{
%     \lem[wit=pjA, alt={Peter\---Street}]{Peter at the station
%       on 42nd Street}
%     \rdg[wit=pjB, alt={bookstore \emph{pro} station}]{Peter at the
%       bookstore on 42nd Street}
%   }
%   \rdg[wit=pjC]{John on Broadway}
% }.
%   \end{specimen}
% \end{alignment}
%
% \texttt{TEI xml} output:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<p>As I was walking home through Times Square, I saw my
friend 
<app>
  <rdgGrp type="subvariation">
    <lem wit="#A">Peter at the station on 42nd
    Street</lem>
    <rdg wit="#B">Peter at the bookstore on 42nd
    Street</rdg>
  </rdgGrp>
  <rdg wit="#C">John on Broadway</rdg>
</app>.</p>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \section{Emendations and Conjectures}
% \label{sec:emendations-conjectures}
% From a technical standpoint, \enquote{conjectures} are readings that
% are not supported by manuscript evidence, but are instead proposed
% by scholars to be taken into consideration for establishing the
% edition text. A conjecture is called an \enquote{emendation} if it
% is adopted in place of what is provided by or missing from the text
% provided by the manuscripts. Emendations and conjectures are
% therefore readings and as such expected to be found within |<lem>|
% or |<rdg>| elements. However, as both come from editions or
% scholars, not from manuscripts, they are naturally associated with
% |source| or |resp| attributes as described above
% \vpagerefrange{ref:lem-source}{ref:lem-resp},\footnote{See also
% \vpagerefrange{ref:declare-source}{ref:declare-scholar}.} and can be
% distinguished from one another by the |type| attribute, eg.\ either
% |emendation| or |conjecture|.
%
% As an example, the representation of witnesses, editors and
% shorthands of Hippocrates' \emph{Epidemics}, Book~2 could be
% summarized as follows:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{latex}
% Witnesses:
\DeclareWitness{V}{V}{\emph{Vaticanus Gr.} 276}
\DeclareWitness{I}{I}{\emph{Parisinus Gr.} 2140}
\DeclareHand{Iac}{I}{I\textsuperscript{ac}}[Lectio ante correctionem]
\DeclareHand{Ipc}{I}{I\textsuperscript{pc}}[Lectio post correctionem]
\DeclareWitness{R}{R}{\emph{Vaticanus Gr.} 277}
\DeclareWitness{H}{H}{\emph{Parisinus Gr.} 2142}
% Sources (the first arguments below must refer to biblatex labels and
% an xml bibliographical database must be supplied):
\DeclareSource{Lit}{Littré}
\DeclareSource{Erm}{Ermerins}
\DeclareSource{Sm}{Smith}
% Persons:
\DeclareScholar{ego}{ego}[
                forename=Robert,
                surname=Alessi]
% Useful shorthands:
\DeclareShorthand{codd}{codd.}{V,I,R,H}
\DeclareShorthand{edd}{edd.}{Lit,Erm,Sm}
\DeclareShorthand{egoscr}{\emph{scripsi}}{ego}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% As can be seen from lines~18--20, three useful shorthands have been
% defined: |codd| prints \enquote{codd.} for Latin pl.\ \emph{codices}
% viz.\ \enquote{all manuscripts} and refers to the three \texttt{xml}
% identifiers |V|, |I|, |R| and |H| declared at ll.~2--3 and 6--7;
% |edd| prints \enquote{edd.} for Latin pl.\ \emph{editores} viz.\
% \enquote{all editors} and refers to the three \texttt{xml}
% identifiers |Lit|, |Erm| and |Sm| declared at
% ll.~10--12;\footnote{For detailed information on how to use
% \cs{DeclareSource} and insert references to cited works, the reader
% is invited to refer to \vref{sec:references-cited-works}.} finally,
% |egoscr| (l.~20) is used to print the technical Latin term
% \enquote{\emph{scripsi}}, \enquote{I wrote}, to denote a personal
% conjecture. Then, the |.tex| source file can be structured as
% follows:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{latex}
\begin{ekdosis}
  καὶ ἐγίνετο μᾶλλον \app{
    \lem[wit={V, Ipc,R,H}]{νότῳ}
    \rdg[wit=Iac]{νότου}
    \rdg[source=Erm, type=conjecture]{ἐν νώτῳ}}· [...] % conjecture
  
  εἰ
  \app{
    \lem[resp=egoscr, type=emendation]{μὲν} % emendation
    \rdg[wit=codd, source=edd]{μὴ}
  } εἴη διὰ ταῦτα [...]
\end{ekdosis}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
% 
% \begin{remarks}
% \item Line~5 introduces a \emph{conjecture} which has been annotated
%   with |type=conjecture| to facilitate its identification. Other
%   optional arguments could have been used, such as
%   |prewit=|\texttt{coni.} or |prewit=|\texttt{falso coni.}, to print
%   explanatory words in the apparatus criticus before the abridged
%   name of the scholar.
% \item \label{it:egomute}Conversely, line~9 introduces an
%   \emph{emendation} for which the shorthand |egoscr| has been used
%   to print the exact term \emph{scripsi} in the apparatus criticus
%   while keeping |ego| as an |xml:id| for the \texttt{TEI xml} ouput
%   file. Other strategies could have been used. For example, one
%   could have defined a specific shorthand to print nothing in place
%   of |ego| and leave the insertion of technical terms to the |post|
%   optional argument of \cs{lem}, like so:---
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
% Preamble:
% (\unskip is for removing the space left by the empty 2nd argument
% below.)
\DeclareShorthand{egomute}{\unskip}{ego}

% Document:
  \app{
    \lem[resp=egomute, post=\emph{scripsi}, type=emendation]{μὲν}
    \rdg[wit=codd, source=edd]{μὴ}
  } εἴη διὰ ταῦτα [...]
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
% \end{remarks}
% 
% PDF output:---
% \medskip
%
% \needspace{7\baselineskip}
% \resetlinenumber
% \begin{alignment}[flush,tcols=1,texts=specimen,apparatus=specimen]
%   \begin{specimen}
%     \begin{ancientgreek}
%       καὶ ἐγίνετο μᾶλλον \app{
%       \lem[wit={hV, hIpc,hR,hH}]{νότῳ}
%       \rdg[wit=hIac]{νότου}
%       \rdg[source=Erm, type=conjecture]{ἐν νώτῳ}}· [...]
%
%       εἰ \app{
%       \lem[resp=hegoscr, type=emendation]{μὲν}
%       \rdg[wit=hcodd, source=hedd]{μὴ}
%     } εἴη διὰ ταῦτα [...]
%     \end{ancientgreek}
%   \end{specimen}
% \end{alignment}
%
% \texttt{TEI xml} output:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<p xml:lang="grc">καὶ ἐγίνετο μᾶλλον 
<app>
  <lem wit="#V #Ipc #R #H">νότῳ</lem>
  <rdg wit="#Iac">νότου</rdg>
  <rdg source="#Erm" type="conjecture">ἐν νώτῳ</rdg>
</app>· [...]</p>
<p>εἰ 
<app>
  <lem resp="#ego" type="emendation">μὲν</lem>
  <rdg wit="#V #I #R #H" source="#Lit #Erm #Sm">
  μὴ</rdg>
</app>εἴη διὰ ταῦτα [...]</p>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \subsection{Editorial Addition and Deletion}
% \label{sec:editorial-add-del}
% \pkg{ekdosis} provides a set of commands to indicate that text has
% been supplied or removed by conjecture. As regards critical
% symbols conventionally used for representing emendations, lacunae,
% omissions, gaps, editorial deletions or additions and the like,
% \pkg{ekdosis} follows the standards as described by
% \textcite[80--82]{West1973}:---
% \begin{description}[font=\ttfamily]
% \item[<>] text added by conjecture or from a parallel source.
% \item[***] lacuna in the whole textual tradition.
% \item[<***>] conjectured lacuna.
% \item[\{\}] editorial deletion.
% \item[\dag\dag] text juged by the editor to be corrupt. Note that if
% only one word is suspect, only one crux is needed. 
% \end{description}
%
% \DescribeMacro{\SetCritSymbols}\newfeature[v1.1]
% \cs{SetCritSymbols}\marg{csv list of options} can be used to change
% the critical symbols described above. This command accepts the
% following list of |key-value|
% optional arguments:---\\
% \DescribeOption{suppbegin}|suppbegin|$=$\meta{symbol}
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: <}\\
% The opening symbol used to mark the text that is supplied.\\
% \DescribeOption{suppend}|suppend|$=$\meta{symbol}
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: >}\\
% The closing symbol used to mark the text that is supplied.\\
% \DescribeOption{delbegin}|delbegin|$=$\meta{symbol}
% \hfill\tcboxverb|Default: {|\\
% The opening symbol used to mark the text that is deleted.\\
% \DescribeOption{delend}|delend|$=$\meta{symbol}
% \hfill\tcboxverb|Default: }|\\
% The closing symbol used to mark the text that is deleted.\\
% \DescribeOption{sicbegin}|sicbegin|$=$\meta{symbol}
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: †}\\
% The opening symbol used to mark the text that is deemed to be
% suspect.\\
% \DescribeOption{sicend}|sicend|$=$\meta{symbol}
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: †}\\
% The closing symbol used to mark the text that is deemed to be
% suspect.\\
% \DescribeOption{gapmark}|gapmark|$=$\meta{symbols}
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: ***}\\
% The symbols used to mark lacunae.\\
%
% As an example, what follows sets |[]| for deletions and |...| for
% lacunae:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\SetCritSymbols{
  delbegin = [,
  delend = ],
  gapmark = \dots
}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \danger If modified, brackets can be adapted to languages that are
% written from right to left. To that effect, \pkg{ekdosis} provides a
% boolean expression |al@rlmode| which is evaluated as |true| if the
% writing direction is set from right to left and as |false|
% otherwise. As the \pkg{etoolbox} package is loaded by \pkg{ekdosis},
% \cs{ifboolean}|{al@rlmode}|\marg{rtl symbol}\marg{ltr symbol} can be
% used to perform the test.
%
% \paragraph{Editorial Addition}
% \DescribeMacro{\supplied}\newfeature[v1.1]\cs{supplied}\marg{text}
% is used to mark \meta{text} that is by definition missing from the
% tradition as supplied by the editor or some other scholar. This
% command is normally expected in \cs{lem}|{}| or \cs{rdg}|{}|.
%
% \paragraph{Editorial Deletion}
% \DescribeMacro{\surplus}\newfeature[v1.1] \cs{surplus}\marg{text}
% is used to mark \meta{text} that is deemed to be inauthentic, but
% nevertheless retained between braces in the edition text as it is
% transmitted by all witnesses. This command is normally expected in
% \cs{lem}|{}| or \cs{rdg}|{}|.
%
% \paragraph{Crux}
% \DescribeMacro{\sic}\newfeature[v1.1] \cs{sic}\marg{text} takes as
% mandatory argument the text deemed by the editor to be readable but
% not understandable. \cs{sic} inserts \meta{text} between cruces
% while \cs{sic*} prints only one crux before \meta{text}.
%
% \paragraph{Lacuna}
% \DescribeMacro{\gap}\newfeature[v1.1] \cs{gap}\marg{csv list of
% options} indicates that some amount of text has fallen away from the
% entire tradition. It takes as mandatory argument a comma-separated
% list of options that can be used to further specify the reason for
% omission, the unit of measurement, the quantity or the extent, as
% follows:---\\
% \DescribeOption{reason}|reason|$=$\meta{reason}\\
% |reason| gives the reason for omission.\\
% \DescribeOption{unit} |unit|$=$\meta{unit}\\
% |unit| provides some regularized measurement, such as |character|,
% |word|, |line| and the like.
% \DescribeOption{quantity} |quantity|$=$\meta{n}\\
% |quantity| specifies the number of the given unit that comprise the
% measurement.\\
% \DescribeOption{extent} |extent|$=$\meta{description}\\
% |extent| describes the size, including quantity and unit in a single
% string of words.
%
% \paragraph{Conjectured Lacuna}
% Assumably, the conjectured lacuna should be enclosed by
% \cs{supplied} and as such contained by \cs{lem} with
% |type=emendation| to indicate that the lacuna has been accepted by
% the editor.
%
% Examples follow:\footnote{On the use of \texttt{egomute} (l.~2), see
% above \vref{it:egomute}.}---
%
% \captof{Emendations, conjectures and
% corrections}[\label{lst:emend-coni-corr}]
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{latex}
% Preamble:
\DeclareShorthand{egomute}{\unskip}{ego}

% Document:
\begin{ekdosis}
  σχεδὸν \app{
    \lem[resp=egomute, nosep, post={post σχεδὸν quattuor uerba
      excidisse uid.}, type=emendation]{\supplied{\gap{reason=lost,
          unit=word, quantity=4}}}
  } οὗτοι

  subsidiis magnis \sic*{epicuri} constabilitas

  declinare quis est qui \sic{possit cernere sese}.

  \app{
    \lem[resp=egomute, type=emendation, nosep, post={ante
      ὑπογίν.}]{\surplus{καὶ}}
    \note{deleui e Gal.P}
  } ὑπογίνονται

  Πάντων δὲ \app{
    \lem[resp=egomute, type=emendation, nosep]{\supplied{τῶν πυρετῶν}}
    \note[post=\ekdsep]{addidi (\arb{^gamI`a 'l-.hummayAti}
      \getsiglum{Gal})}
    \rdg[nordg, source=Gal]{\arb{^gamI`a 'l-.hummayAti}}
    \rdg[wit=codd, source=edd, alt=om.]{}
  },
\end{ekdosis}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
% 
% PDF output:---
% \medskip
% 
% \needspace{7\baselineskip}
% \resetlinenumber
% \begin{alignment}[flush,tcols=1,texts=specimen,apparatus=specimen]
%   \begin{specimen}
%  σχεδὸν \app{
%    \lem[resp=egomute, nosep, post={post σχεδὸν quattuor uerba
%      excidisse uid.}, type=emendation]{\supplied{\gap{reason=lost,
%          unit=word, quantity=4}}}
%  } οὗτοι
%
%  subsidiis magnis \sic*{epicuri} constabilitas
%
%  declinare quis est qui \sic{possit cernere sese}.
%
%  \app{
%    \lem[resp=egomute, type=emendation, nosep, post={ante
%      ὑπογίν.}]{\surplus{καὶ}}
%    \note{deleui e Gal.P}
%  } ὑπογίνονται
%
%
%  Πάντων δὲ \app{
%    \lem[resp=egomute, type=emendation, nosep]{\supplied{τῶν πυρετῶν}}
%    \note[post=\ekdsep]{addidi (\arb{^gamI`a 'l-.hummayAti}
%      \getsiglum{Gal})}
%    \rdg[nordg, source=Gal]{\arb{^gamI`a 'l-.hummayAti}}
%    \rdg[wit=hcodd, source=hedd, alt=om.]{}
%  },
%   \end{specimen}
% \end{alignment}
%
% \texttt{TEI xml} ouput:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<p>σχεδὸν 
<app>
  <lem resp="#ego" type="emendation">
    <supplied>
      <gap reason="lost" unit="word" quantity="4" />
    </supplied>
  </lem>
</app>οὗτοι</p>
<p>subsidiis magnis 
<sic>epicuri</sic> constabilitas</p>
<p>declinare quis est qui 
<sic>possit cernere sese</sic>.</p>
<p>
<app>
  <lem resp="#ego" type="emendation">
    <surplus>καὶ</surplus>
  </lem>
  <note>deleui e Gal.P</note>
</app>ὑπογίνονται</p>
<p>Πάντων δὲ 
<app>
  <lem resp="#ego" type="emendation">
    <supplied>τῶν πυρετῶν</supplied>
  </lem>
  <note>addidi (
  <foreign xml:lang="ar-Latn" type="transliterated"
  subtype="arabtex">^gamI`a 'l-.hummayAti</foreign>
  <ref target="#Gal">Gal.</ref>)</note>
  <rdg source="#Gal">
    <foreign xml:lang="ar-Latn" type="transliterated"
    subtype="arabtex">^gamI`a 'l-.hummayAti</foreign>
  </rdg>
  <rdg wit="#V #I #R #H" source="#Lit #Erm #Sm" />
</app>,</p>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \section{Alignment of Parallel Texts}
% \label{sec:alignment-basic}
% As already said above,\footnote{See point
% \vref{it:multicol-feature}.} \pkg{ekdosis} can arrange sundry texts
% in parallel columns\---synchronized or not\---either on the same
% page or on facing pages. Depending on what is needed, any text can
% be equipped with an apparatus criticus. The most common example is
% that of an edition of a classical text with an apparatus criticus
% accompanied by a translation into a modern language on the facing
% page. One can also imagine an edition of two classical texts or two
% different recensions of the same text, each of which provides
% variants recorded in separate apparatus crititus, laid out on the
% left-hand pages, with one or more translations on the corresponding
% right-hand pages, and so forth.
%
% \paragraph{The \env{alignment} Environment}
% \DescribeEnv{alignment} \cs{begin}|{alignment}|\oarg{options}\dots
% \cs{end}|{alignment}|\label{ref:alignment-syntax}\\
% This environment can be used as it is provided to typeset a standard
% critical edition, namely an edition text, equipped with an apparatus
% criticus and laid out on the left-hand pages, accompanied by a
% translation into a modern language on the facing pages.
%
% \DescribeEnv{edition}\DescribeEnv{translation} Within
% \env{alignment}, two environments are available by default:
% \cs{begin}|{edition}|\allowbreak\dots
% \cs{end}|{ed|\allowbreak|ition}| and \cs{begin}|{translation}|\dots
% \cs{end}|{translation}|. Obviously, the former is used to typeset
% the edition text with an apparatus criticus on the left, while the
% latter is used to typeset the translation on the right, like so:---
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\begin{alignment}
  \begin{edition}
    First § of the edition text.
  \end{edition}
  \begin{translation}
    First § of the translation.
  \end{translation}
  \begin{edition}
    Second § of the edition text.
  \end{edition}
  \begin{translation}
    Second § of the translation.
  \end{translation}
\end{alignment}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \DescribeEnv{edition*}\DescribeEnv{translation*}
% \label{ref:starred-envs} Furthermore, so-called \enquote{starred}
% versions of these environments can be used at any point to
% synchronize texts, that is to print them in such a way that the tops
% of all paragraphs are vertically aligned. To that effect, it must be
% noted that merely applying this command on a single
% environment\---for instance the leftmost one\---will have all other
% associated paragraphs printed aligned.
%
% \danger While the whole edition text and the whole translation can
% be inserted in a single \env{edition}/\env{translation} environment
% respectively, it is recommended to enter both texts paragraph by
% paragraph as shown in the example above. Not only this method of
% encoding allows not to lose sight of paragraphs that are meant to be
% read together, but it is also the only way to align paragraphs in
% print, and it is much more suitable to mark up correspondence
% between spans of texts as will be demonstrated below in
% \vref{ref:segmentation}.
%
% As an illustration, a short extract of Caesar's \emph{Gallic War},
% VI, XIII.1 follows.\footnote{Latin text: \cite{Caesar-BG-v2};
% English translation: \cite{CaesarTr}.} See the list of sigla for
% manuscripts and manuscript families above
% \vpageref{ref:caesar-bg-sigla}. As this document is not set for
% duplex printing, both texts have been put together on the same
% page. However, the reader will find the full |.tex| source file in
% \vref{sec:caesar-gw-tex} and \texttt{TEI xml} output in
% \vref{sec:caesar-gw-tei}. The corresponding PDF output is available
% in \href{samples/Caesar_BG-6-13-1.pdf}{a separate file}:\footnote{On
% the use of \cs{ekddiv} (ll.~3 and 20), see below
% \vref{sec:ekddiv}.}---
%
% \captof{Caesar's \emph{Gallic War}, VI, 13.1}[\label{lst:caesar-bg}]
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{latex}
\begin{alignment}
  \begin{edition}
    \ekddiv{head=XIII, depth=2, n=6.13, type=section}
    In omni Gallia eorum hominum qui \app{
      \lem[wit=a]{aliquo}
      \rdg[wit=b, alt=in al-]{in aliquo}}
    sunt numero atque honore genera sunt duo. Nam plebes paene
    seruorum habetur loco, quae \app{
      \lem[wit={A,M}, alt={nihil audet (aut et \getsiglum{A1})
        per se}]{nihil audet per se}
      \rdg[wit=A1,nordg]{nihil aut et per se}
      \rdg[wit={R,S,L,N}]{nihil habet per se}
      \rdg[wit=b]{per se nihil audet}}, \app{
      \lem[wit=a]{nullo}
      \rdg[wit=b]{nulli}} adhibetur \app{
      \lem{consilio}
      \rdg[wit={T, U}, alt=conc-]{concilio}}.
  \end{edition}
  \begin{translation}
    \ekddiv{head=XIII, depth=2, n=6.13, type=section}
      Throughout all Gaul there are two orders of those men who are of
      any rank and dignity: for the commonality is held almost in the
      condition of slaves, and dares to undertake nothing of itself,
      and is admitted to no deliberation.
  \end{translation}
\end{alignment}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \needspace{7\baselineskip}
% \resetlinenumber
% \FormatDiv{2}{}{.}
% \begin{alignment}[flush,lcols=2,
%                   texts=edition[xml:lang="la"];
%                   translation[xml:lang="en"]]
% \AtBeginEnvironment{edition}{\selectlanguage{latin}}
% \AtBeginEnvironment{translation}{\selectlanguage{american}}
%   \begin{edition}
%     \ekddiv{head=XIII, depth=2, n=6.13, type=section}
%     In omni Gallia eorum hominum qui \app{
%       \lem[wit=ca]{aliquo}
%       \rdg[wit=cb, alt=in al-]{in aliquo}}
%     sunt numero atque honore genera sunt duo. Nam plebes paene
%     seruorum habetur loco, quae \app{
%       \lem[wit={cA,cM}, alt={nihil audet (aut et \getsiglum{cA1})
%         per se}]{nihil audet per se}
%       \rdg[wit=cA1,nordg]{nihil aut et per se}
%       \rdg[wit={cR,cS,cL,cN}]{nihil habet per se}
%       \rdg[wit=cb]{per se nihil audet}}, \app{
%       \lem[wit=ca]{nullo}
%       \rdg[wit=cb]{nulli}} adhibetur \app{
%       \lem{consilio}
%       \rdg[wit={cT, cU}, alt=conc-]{concilio}}.
%   \end{edition}
%   \begin{translation}
%     \ekddiv{head=XIII, depth=2, n=6.13, type=section}
%       Throughout all Gaul there are two orders of those men who are of
%       any rank and dignity: for the commonality is held almost in the
%       condition of slaves, and dares to undertake nothing of itself,
%       and is admitted to no deliberation.
%   \end{translation}
% \end{alignment}
%
% \begin{remarks}
% \item As can be seen from the apparatus entry related to l.~4 above,
%   a subvariant has been inserted in the lemma part: \enquote{(aut et
%   \getsiglum{cA1})}. This was done by using |alt| in
%   \vref{lst:caesar-bg}, ll.~9--10. But as this variant is already
%   recorded\---and printed\---in the lemma part, it was necessary to
%   remove the entire otherwise redundant variant from the apparatus
%   criticus in print. Hence the use of |nordg| at l.~11.
% \item For examples of abbreviations, see ll.~6 and 17.
% \item Line~17 shows how mss.\ T and U (which belong to two distinct
%   subfamilies) have been separated from one another: %
%   \verb*+wit={T, U}+. See above \vpageref{ref:mss-sep-families} for
%   more information on this technique.
% \end{remarks}
%
% Finally, the corresponding \texttt{TEI xml} output follows:---
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<div xml:id="div-edition_1" xml:lang="la">
  <div type="section" n="6.13">
    <head>XIII</head>
    <p>In omni Gallia eorum hominum qui 
    <app>
      <lem wit="#A #M #B #R #S #L #N">aliquo</lem>
      <rdg wit="#T #f #U #l">in aliquo</rdg>
    </app>sunt numero atque honore genera sunt duo. Nam
    plebes paene seruorum habetur loco, quae 
    <app>
      <lem wit="#A #M">nihil audet per se</lem>
      <rdg wit="#A1">nihil aut et per se</rdg>
      <rdg wit="#R #S #L #N">nihil habet per se</rdg>
      <rdg wit="#T #f #U #l">per se nihil audet</rdg>
    </app>, 
    <app>
      <lem wit="#A #M #B #R #S #L #N">nullo</lem>
      <rdg wit="#T #f #U #l">nulli</rdg>
    </app>adhibetur 
    <app>
      <lem>consilio</lem>
      <rdg wit="#T #U">concilio</rdg>
    </app>.</p>
  </div>
</div>
<div xml:id="div-translation_1" xml:lang="en">
  <div type="section" n="6.13">
    <head>XIII</head>
    <p>Throughout all Gaul there are two orders of those men
    who are of any rank and dignity: for the commonality is
    held almost in the condition of slaves, and dares to
    undertake nothing of itself, and is admitted to no
    deliberation.</p>
  </div>
</div>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \subsection{Alignment of Several Texts}
% \label{sec:multiple-alignment}
% As described above \vpageref{ref:alignment-syntax}, the
% \env{alignment} environment may receive an optional argument in
% which
% the following \enquote{name$=$value} arguments are accepted:---\\
% \DescribeOption{tcols}
% |tcols|$=$\meta{number}\hfill\tcboxverb{Default: 2}\\
% |tcols| stores the \underLine{t}otal number of
% \underLine{col}umn\underLine{s} of text to be aligned.\\
% \DescribeOption{lcols}
% |lcols|$=$\meta{number}\hfill\tcboxverb{Default: 1}\\
% |lcols| stores the number of \underLine{col}umn\underLine{s} to be
% printed on the \underLine{l}eft-hand page, \emph{out of the total
% number} of columns specified with |tcols|. As can be seen from the
% preceding two default values, \env{alignment} initially sets two
% columns of text on facing pages. Of course, for this setting to work
% properly, one must ensure that the \env{alignment} environment is
% started on a
% left page.\\
% \DescribeOption{texts}
% |texts|$=$\meta{\underLine{semicolon}-separated
% values}\hfill\tcboxverb{Default: edition;translation}\\
% Depending on the total number of columns that has been specified
% with |tcols| above, |texts| is then used to define the names of the
% environments that shall receive edition texts, translations,
% \emph{\&c.} Furthermore, as described \vpageref{ref:starred-envs},
% \pkg{ekdosis} also defines \enquote{starred} versions of these
% environments to be used to synchronize columns so that corresponding
% paragraphs are printed vertically aligned. Some very important
% points need to be emphasized in this respect:---
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item Only unaccented letters of the alphabet (whatever the case)
%   are allowed to compose the names of \LaTeX{} environments.
% \item These names must be separated from one another by
%   \emph{semicolons}, as shown in red in the listing below at the end
%   of lines~1 and 2.
%   \begin{enumerate}
%   \item[\dbend] The colon at the end of line~3 closes the whole
%     value of |text| and acts as a higher level separator.
%   \end{enumerate}
% \item \label{it:lang-subopt} Each name may be followed by a
%   \enquote*{suboptional} argument between square brackets which will
%   then be used to insert \texttt{TEI xml} attributes in the
%   corresponding |<div>| element. For example, \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[escapeinside=++]{latex}
texts=latin[xml:lang="la"]+\textcolor{red}{;}+
      english[xml:lang="en"]+\textcolor{red}{;}+
      french[xml:lang="fr"]+\textcolor{red}{,}+
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
% will be converted into \texttt{TEI xml} as follows:---
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<div xml:id="div-latin_1" xml:lang="la">
...
</div>
<div xml:id="div-english_1" xml:lang="en">
...
</div>
<div xml:id="div-french_1" xml:lang="fr">
...
</div>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%   \begin{enumerate}
%   \item[\dbend] As can be seen, \pkg{ekdosis} takes care of
%     computing and inserting the |xml:id| attributes which are
%     therefore not accepted in the \enquote*{suboptional} arguments
%     of |texts|.
%   \end{enumerate}
% \item The names of the environments must be specified in exactly the
%   same order as they are supposed to appear in the print edition,
%   from left to right.
% \end{enumerate}
% \DescribeOption{apparatus}
% |apparatus|$=$\meta{\underLine{semicolon}-separated
% values}\hfill\tcboxverb{Default: edition}\\
% Then, the |apparatus| option, just as |texts|, takes a
% \underLine{semicolon}-separated list of previously defined
% environments that shall receive at least one layer of apparatus
% criticus.\\
% \DescribeOption{paired} |paired|$=$\verb+true|false+%
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: true (initially not set)}\\
% This named argument does not need a value as it defaults to |true|
% if it is used. By default, \pkg{ekdosis} follows the \LaTeX{} page
% numbering scheme when multiple texts are arranged on facing
% pages. The |paired| option leaves every right-hand page number
% unchanged, so that both facing pages hold the same page number.\\
% \DescribeOption{lineation} |lineation|$=$\verb+page|document+
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: document}\\
% This option applies to edition texts initially set to receive an
% apparatus criticus. By default, lines are continuously numbered
% throughout the document. |lineation=page| sets the numbering to
% start afresh at the top of each page.\\
% \DescribeOption{flush} |flush|$=$\verb+true|false+
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: false}\\
% This named argument does not need a value as it defaults to |true|
% if it is used. This option applies when two or more distinct
% \env{alignment} environments are started on the same page. Should
% this happen, any subsequent \env{alignment} environment must be set
% with the |flush| option so that every one of them carry its own
% apparatus criticus.
%
% As an example, the alignment of the Latin edition text of Caesar's
% \emph{Gallic War}, printed on left-hand pages, along with two
% translations into English and French, printed on right-hand pages,
% can be set as follows:---
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\begin{alignment}[tcols=3,
                  lcols=1,
                  texts=latin[xml:lang="la"];
                        english[xml:lang="en"];
                        french[xml:lang="fr"],
                  apparatus=latin,
                  lineation=page]
  \begin{latin}
    Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres quarum unam incolunt
    Belgae, [...]
  \end{latin}
  \begin{english}
    All Gaul is divided into three parts, one of which the Belgae
    inhabit, [...]
  \end{english}
  \begin{french}
    L'ensemble de la Gaule est divisé en trois parties: l'une est
    habitée par les Belges, [...]
  \end{french}
\end{alignment}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \DescribeMacro{\SetAlignment}
% \cs{SetAlignment}\marg{alignment settings}\\
% If the same alignment settings are to be shared by several
% \env{alignment} environments, common settings can be collected in
% the argument of \cs{SetAlignment}, like
% so:---\\
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\SetAlignment{
  tcols=3,
  lcols=1,
  texts=latin[xml:lang="la"];
        english[xml:lang="en"];
        french[xml:lang="fr"],
  apparatus=latin,
  lineation=page
}
\begin{alignment}
  ...
\end{alignment}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \cs{SetAlignment} can be used either in the preamble or at
% any point of the document to set or to modify alignment settings.
%
% \subsubsection{Appending Hooks to Environments}
% \label{sec:alignment-hooks}
% \DescribeMacro{\AtBeginEnvironment} Once environments corresponding
% to texts to be aligned have been defined, it is advisable to use the
% \cs{AtBeginEnvironment}\marg{environment}\marg{code} command to
% further adjust languages, hyphenation rules, and/or fonts to be
% applied in each environment. To return to the example provided
% above, once \cs{SetAlignment} has been used, the languages can be
% set as follows:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\AtBeginEnvironment{latin}{\selectlanguage{latin}}
\AtBeginEnvironment{english}{\selectlanguage{english}}
\AtBeginEnvironment{french}{\selectlanguage{french}}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \subsection{Laying Out Parallel Texts}
% \label{sec:laying-out-parallel}
% As \pkg{ekdosis} uses the \pkg{paracol} package for the layout of
% parallel texts, most of the commands provided by this package
% apply. In this respect, quite useful are the commands described in
% sections 7.3 to 7.6 on pp.~15--21 of the documentation of this
% package.\footcite{paracol}
%
% \danger It must be noted that all these commands are to be inserted
% \emph{before} the \env{alignment} environments on which they are
% supposed to operate.
%
% \subsubsection{Columns and Gutters}
% \label{sec:columns-gutters}
% 
% \paragraph{Column Ratio on Single Pages}
% \DescribeMacro{\columnratio}
% \cs{columnratio}\marg{r\textsubscript{1}, r\textsubscript{2}, \dots\
% , r\textsubscript{n}}, where \emph{r\textsubscript{1}} refers to the
% leftmost column, can be used to set the ratio of the columns in
% relation to each other.  Depending on the total number of columns on
% which one wishes to operate, a comma-separated list of decimal
% numbers is expected. As an example, \cs{columnratio}|{0.6}| will
% instruct \pkg{ekdosis} to have the first column spread over 60~\% of
% the total width of the text block, minus the total width of
% intercolumnar gutters.
%
% \paragraph{Column Ratio on Facing Pages}
% \cs{columnratio} accepts an optional argument which can be used as
% described above to set the ratio of columns to be printed on
% right-hand pages, like so: \cs{columnratio}\marg{r\textsubscript{1},
% r\textsubscript{2}, \dots\ ,
% r\textsubscript{n}}\oarg{r\textsubscript{1}, r\textsubscript{2},
% \dots\ , r\textsubscript{n}}.
%
% \paragraph{Column Width on Single Pages}
% \DescribeMacro{\setcolumnwidth}
% \cs{setcolumnwidth}\marg{w\textsubscript{1}, w\textsubscript{2},
% \dots\ , w\textsubscript{n}} operates the same way as
% \cs{columnratio} described above, except that dimensions are
% expected instead of ratios. As an example,
% \cs{setcolumnwidth}|{1in}| will have the width of the first column
% set to \unit[1]{in}.
%
% \paragraph{Gutter Width}
% Each value accepted by \cs{setcolumnwidth} can be expressed as a
% pair as in
% \cs{setcolumnwidth}\marg{w\textsubscript{1}/g\textsubscript{1},
% w\textsubscript{2}/g\textsubscript{2}, \dots\ ,
% w\textsubscript{n}/g\textsubscript{n}} where the character |/| acts
% as a separator, in which case \emph{g\textsubscript{x}} is used to
% set the width of the gutter that follows the
% \emph{x}\textsuperscript{th} column. As an example,
% \cs{setcolumnwidth}|{1in/0.25in}| will print a
% \unit[1]{in} first column, followed by a \unit[0.25]{in} gutter.
%
% \paragraph{Automatically Computed Values}
% Widths of columns and widths of gutters can be replaced with
% \cs{fill} and \cs{columnsep} respectively. As an example,
% \cs{setcolumnwidth}|{\fill/0.25|\allowbreak|in}| will only operate
% on the width that follows the first column, all remaining values
% being computed automatically.
%
% \paragraph{Column and Gutter Width on Facing Pages}
% Just like \cs{columnratio}, \cs{setcolumnwidth} accepts an optional
% argument which can be used to set the width of columns and gutters
% to be printed on right-hand pages, like so:
% \cs{setcolumnwidth}\marg{w\textsubscript{1}, w\textsubscript{2},
% \dots\ , w\textsubscript{n}}\oarg{w\textsubscript{1},
% w\textsubscript{2}, \dots\ , w\textsubscript{n}} for columns only,
% and \cs{setcolumnwidth}\marg{w\textsubscript{1}/g\textsubscript{1},
% w\textsubscript{2}/g\textsubscript{2}, \dots\ ,
% w\textsubscript{n}/g\textsubscript{n}}%
% \oarg{w\textsubscript{1}/g\textsubscript{1},
% w\textsubscript{2}/g\textsubscript{2}, \dots\ ,
% w\textsubscript{n}/g\textsubscript{n}} for columns and gutters.
%
% \paragraph{Vertical Rules}
% Vertical rules between columns can be drawn by setting the length of
% the \LaTeX\ \cs{columnseprule} register to a non-zero value, like
% so:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \subsubsection{Marginal Notes}
% \label{sec:marginal-notes}
% By default, marginal notes that refer to the first column are
% printed in the left margin, while notes that refer to subsequent
% columns are printed in the right margin.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\marginparthreshold} \cs{marginparthreshold}\marg{n},
% where \emph{n} is an integer, can be used to change the default
% settings. This command instructs \pkg{ekdosis} that columns of text,
% up to the \emph{n}\textsuperscript{th} column included, shall have
% their marginal notes printed to the left. As a result, to take an
% example, \cs{marginparthreshold}|{0}| will have all marginal notes
% printed in the right margin. \cs{marginparthreshold} also accepts an
% optional argument, namely
% \cs{marginparthreshold}\allowbreak\marg{n}\oarg{n'}, that can be
% used to set the threshold for columns printed in right-hand pages.
%
% \subsubsection{Regular Footnotes}
% \label{sec:regular-footnotes}
% \DescribeMacro{\footnotelayout} By default, regular footnotes are
% printed at the bottom of the column on which they are
% called. \cs{footnotelayout}\marg{key-letter} can be used to change
% this setting. This command accepts as mandatory argument a
% key-letter which can be either |c|, |p| or |m|. |c| means
% \emph{column-wise} footnotes, which is the default value. |p| means
% \emph{page-wise}: footnotes from all columns are gathered in a
% single spanning block at the bottom of the page. Finally, |m| stands
% for \emph{merge}, which means that all footnotes that are called on
% a given page, including notes that are called outside the
% \env{alignment} environment, are printed in a single spanning block
% at the bottom of the page.
%
% \danger Regular footnotes are printed above the block of critical
% notes. Places can be interchanged by just loading the \pkg{fnpos}
% package in the preamble.\footcite{fnpos}
%
% \section{Laying Out the Apparatus Criticus}
% \label{sec:apparatus-layout}
%
% \subsection{General Hooks}
% \label{sec:general-hooks}
% Some hooks are shared by all layers of notes that are inserted in
% the apparatus criticus (e.g. sources, testimonia, variant readings
% \emph{\&c.})
%
% \DescribeMacro{\SetHooks}
% \cs{SetHooks}\marg{csv list of hooks} can be used either in
% the preamble or at any point of the document. The list of accepted
% hooks at the time of writing follows:---\\
% \DescribeOption{appfontsize} |appfontsize|$=$\meta{command}
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: \footnotesize}\\
% This option sets the size of the font to be used in the whole
% apparatus criticus. By default, it is the same as the size used for
% footnotes.\\
% \DescribeOption{refnumstyle} |refnumstyle|$=$\meta{command}
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: \bfseries}\\
% |refnumstyle| can be used to set the family, series or shape of the
% font used to print references to line numbers in the apparatus
% criticus. By default, numbers are printed in bold face. As an
% example, |refnumstyle=\normalfont| will have them printed in the
% font and shape selected by default for the
% document, while |refnumstyle=\bfseries\itshape| will have them
% printed in bold and italic.\\
% \DescribeOption{postrefnum} |postrefnum|$=$\meta{command \textbar\
% chars}\hfill\tcboxverb{Default: ~}\\
% |postrefnum| can be used to set what immediately follows the
% reference to line numbers. By default, it is |~|, namely an
% unbreakable space. As an example, |postrefnum=\hskip 0.5em| will
% insert a \unit[0.5]{em} space between the numerals and the beginning
% of all subsequent notes.
%
% \subsection{Single-Layer Apparatus Criticus}
% \label{sec:single-layer-app}
% \paragraph{Specific Commands}
% Single-layer apparatus criticus can be laid out in a variety of
% ways with the following specialized commands, all of which can be
% used in the preamble or at any point of the document:---
%
% \DescribeMacro{\SetLTRapp}
% \DescribeMacro{\SetRTLapp}
% \cs{SetLTRapp} and \cs{SetRTLapp} are two argument-less commands to
% set the direction of the apparatus criticus, either left-to-right or
% right-to-left.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\SetSeparator} \cs{SetSeparator}\marg{separator} is
% used to change the separator between lemma texts and variants
% readings. By default, the separator is a closing square bracket
% followed by a space (\verb*+] +).
%
% \DescribeMacro{\SetBeginApparatus}
% \cs{SetBeginApparatus}\marg{characters\textbar commands} can be used
% to append \meta{characters} or \meta{commands} at the beginning of
% the apparatus block. By default, nothing is appended. For instance,
% |\SetBeginApparatus{\textbf{Apparatus:}}| will append
% \enquote{\textbf{Apparatus:}} at the beginning of the apparatus
% block, while |\SetBeginApparatus{\hskip 1em}| will set an
% indentation of one em.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\SetEndApparatus}
% \label{ref:setendapparatus}
% \cs{SetEndApparatus}\marg{characters} can be used to append
% \meta{characters} at the end of the apparatus block. By default,
% nothing is appended. \label{ref:ending-dot}As an example of use,
% |\SetEndApparatus{.}| will have a period printed at the end of the
% apparatus as it is customary in some
% editions.\footnote{\label{fn:rm-dots}See also below
% \vpageref{sec:superfluous-dots} on how to remove superfluous dots.}
%
% \DescribeMacro{\SetUnitDelimiter}
% \cs{SetUnitDelimiter}\marg{delimiter} can be used to set the
% delimiter between entries in the apparatus criticus. By default,
% there is no delimiter except a simple space. \meta{delimiter} can be
% a broad space (such as |\hskip 0.75em| for instance as in the OCT
% series) or the divider-sign (‖, as in the Budé series).
%
% \DescribeMacro{\SetDefaultRule}
% By default, \pkg{ekdosis} draws a separating line between the
% edition text and the apparatus criticus. This line is initially
% defined as
% |\rule{0.4\columnwidth}{0.4pt}|. \cs{SetDefaultRule}\marg{line
% definition} can be used in the preamble or at any point of the
% document to change the default setting. Leaving this argument empty
% as in \cs{SetDefaultRule}|{}| removes the line.
%
% \paragraph{General Command}
% \DescribeMacro{\SetApparatus} \cs{SetApparatus}\marg{csv list of
% apparatus settings}\label{ref:apparatus-settings-b}\\
% Finally, all the settings described above can also be collected in
% the argument of \cs{SetApparatus}. \cs{SetApparatus} accepts the
% following list of comma-separated |key=value| options:---\\
% \DescribeOption{direction} |direction|$=$\verb+LR|RL+
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: LR}\\
% The writing direction of the apparatus criticus, either
% left-to-right (|LR|) or right-to-left (|LR|).\\
% \DescribeOption{sep} |sep|$=$\meta{command \textbar\ chars}
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: ]␣}\\
% The separator between lemma texts and variant readings.\\
% \DescribeOption{delim} |delim|$=$\meta{delimiter}
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: not set}\\
% The delimiter between entries in the apparatus criticus. As said
% above, there is no default delimiter except a simple space.\\
% \DescribeOption{bhook} |bhook|$=$\meta{characters\textbar commands}
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: empty}\\
% The characters or commands to be appended at the beginning of the
% apparatus block.\\
% \DescribeOption{ehook} |ehook|$=$\meta{characters}
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: empty}\\
% The characters to be appended at the end of the apparatus
% block.\footnote{See also n.~\vref{fn:rm-dots}.}\\
% \DescribeOption{rule} |rule|$=$\meta{command}\verb+|+|none|
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: \rule{0.4\columnwidth}{0.4pt}}\\
% As described above, |rule| is used to draw the separating line
% between the edition text and the apparatus criticus. |rule=none| can
% also be used to remove the line.\\
% \DescribeOption{norule}\hfill\tcboxverb{Default: not set}\\
% |norule| does not accept any value and has the same effect as
% |rule=none|.\label{ref:apparatus-settings-e}
%
% As an example, an apparatus criticus with references to line numbers
% printed in normal font, a colon as a separator between lemma texts
% and variant readings, a broad space as a delimiter between entries
% and a \unit[0.7]{in} line above could be laid out as follows:---
%
% \label{ex:single-layer-app-layout}
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\SetHooks{
  refnumstyle=\normalfont
}
\SetApparatus{
  sep={: },
  delim=\hskip 1em,
  rule=\rule{0.7in}{0.4pt}
}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \paragraph{Footnote Separator}
% \DescribeMacro{\footnoteruletrue} \DescribeMacro{\footnoterulefalse}
% As already seen above, \pkg{ekdosis} takes care of drawing a
% separating line between the edition text and the apparatus
% criticus. Therefore, it may be not desirable to have the standard
% \LaTeX\ \enquote{footnoterule} printed on every page where regular
% footnotes are found. \cs{footnoterulefalse} removes it while
% \cs{footnoteruletrue} leaves it untouched. The latter is set by
% default.
%
% \subsection{Multiple-Layer Apparatus Criticus}
% \label{sec:multilayer-apparatus}
% As said above in \vref{it:multilayer-feature}, \pkg{ekdosis} can
% print edition texts equipped with multiple-layer apparatus
% criticus. To take an example, most classical editions provide at
% least two layers of notes: one to collect references to testimonia
% or parallel passages (apparatus testium) and the other to record
% variant readings (the apparatus criticus \emph{stricto sensu}). The
% former is always printed above the latter.
%
% \danger The default single-layer apparatus criticus that is
% described above in \vref{sec:single-layer-app} is called |default|
% internally. If any additional layer of notes be declared in the
% preamble, this |default| layer must be included in the list of
% declared layers.\\
% \DescribeMacro{\SetDefaultApparatus}\label{ref:ekd-default-app}
% \cs{SetDefaultApparatus}\marg{name} can be used at any point of the
% document to change the name to be used as the default one by
% \pkg{ekdosis}.
%
% \subsubsection{Declaring Additional Layers}
% \label{sec:declaring-layers}
% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareApparatus}
% \cs{DeclareApparatus}\marg{name}\oarg{csv list of apparatus
% settings} is a preamble-only command. As a mandatory argument, it
% takes the name of the new layer of notes to be inserted in the
% apparatus block. Declared layers are then printed one below the
% other in the exact same order as they are declared in the
% preamble. Therefore, one additional layer meant to print the
% testimonia above the variant readings (apparatus testium) can be
% declared as follows:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{latex}
% preamble:
\DeclareApparatus{testium}
\DeclareApparatus{default}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% In this example, |testium| is a new name for |default|, as said
% just above, is already known to \pkg{ekdosis} and used as the
% default layer of notes. Furthermore, as |testium| is declared before
% |default|, \pkg{ekdosis} will print the testimonia at the top of the
% apparatus block.
%
% \subsubsection{Laying Out Layers With The Optional Argument
% of \cs{DeclareApparatus}}
% \label{sec:layout-layers}
% \DescribeOption{direction}
% \DescribeOption{sep}
% \DescribeOption{delim}
% \DescribeOption{bhook}
% \DescribeOption{ehook}
% \DescribeOption{rule}
% \DescribeOption{norule}
% With regard to layout, any declared layer inherits the defaut values
% described above in \vref{sec:single-layer-app}. That said, as the
% optional argument of \cs{DeclareApparatus} accepts the exact same
% |key-value| options as \cs{SetApparatus} described
% \vpagerefrange{ref:apparatus-settings-b}{ref:apparatus-settings-e},
% \pkg{ekdosis} provides a straightforward mechanism to have any layer
% printed in a distinct layout.
%
% To return to the example provided
% \vpageref[above]{ex:single-layer-app-layout}, one could keep the
% same settings as above for the variant readings, declare an
% apparatus testium with a closing square bracket as a separator and
% finally remove the line between the testimonia and the variant
% readings like so:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\SetHooks{
  refnumstyle=\normalfont
}
\DeclareApparatus{testium}[
  sep={] },
  delim=\hskip 1em,
  rule=\rule{0.7in}{0.4pt}
]
\DeclareApparatus{default}[
  sep={: },
  delim=\hskip 1em,
  norule
]
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
% 
% \paragraph{Limiting the Number of Entries per Page}
% \label{ref:maxentries}
% In some instances, it can be useful to set a limit to the number of
% entries per page that a given layer of critical notes may accept,
% notably when entries are so abundant in number that \pkg{ekdosis}
% may oscillate indefinitely between different sets of page decisions
% without being able to settle down.\\
% \DescribeOption{maxentries} |maxentries|=\meta{n} (where $n \geq
% 10$) \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: not set}\\
% If |maxentries|$=$\meta{n} be set, then \pkg{ekdosis} will issue
% \cs{pagebreak} (namely \cs{penalty}|-10000|) just after the
% \emph{n\textsuperscript{th}} entry has been inserted in the layer of
% the apparatus criticus this option is related to. As a result, the
% page will actually break at the end of the current line. The
% particulars of this technique will be discussed below in
% \vref{sec:tricks-of-trade}.
%
% \section{Inserting Notes in Multiple-Layer Apparatus}
% \label{sec:notes-in-multilayer-app}
% As said above in \vref{sec:multilayer-apparatus}, \pkg{ekdosis}
% initially sets one layer of notes that is called the
% \textooquote|default|\textcoquote\ layer. As a result, any note
% inserted within the argument of \cs{app}|{}| as described
% \vpageref{ref:app-cmd} will go into that layer of the apparatus,
% unless \cs{SetDefaultApparatus} has been used to set another
% name for the default layer (see above
% \vpageref{ref:ekd-default-app}).
%
% \subsection{Variant Readings}
% \label{sec:variant-readings}
% In most cases, all variant readings go into the
% \textooquote|default|\textcoquote\ layer of the apparatus
% criticus. But in some other cases, for example when the manuscripts
% used refer to different recensions, it may happen that one wishes to
% record the related variants in separate layers. As already described
% \vpageref{ref:app-type}, the |type| optional argument of the
% \cs{app} command can be used to insert lemma texts and associated
% variants in any other \enquote*{declared} layer of the apparatus
% criticus.
%
% The following example assumes that some edition text is received in
% two different recensions and the variant readings that belong to the
% first recension are recorded in the default layer of notes while
% those of the second recension are to be printed in a second layer,
% below the default one. First, both layers must be declared in the
% preamble in sequence, like so:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\DeclareApparatus{default} % default layer
\DeclareApparatus{rec2} % additional layer below the default one
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% If one wishes to refer to |rec1| as the default layer, then
% \cs{SetDefaultApparatus} must be used, like so:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\SetDefaultApparatus{rec1}
\DeclareApparatus{rec1} % new layer set as default
\DeclareApparatus{rec2} % additional layer below the default one
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% Then, whatever option has been chosen, lemma texts and variants
% inserted with \cs{app}|{}| will go into the upper, default layer of
% notes, while those inserted with \cs{app}|[type=rec2]{}| will go
% into the lower one:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
Some \app{
  \lem{word}
  \rdg{reading}
} to go into the default layer of notes.

Some \app[type=rec2]{
  \lem{note}
  \rdg{comment}
} to be recorded as part of the second recension.
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \danger At any rate, |type=default| or |type=rec1|, depending on
% what has been chosen, must be used if the editor wishes to retain
% that information in the \texttt{TEI xml} output file.
%
% \subsection{Other Notes for Comments, Sources or Testimonia}
% \label{ref:type-note}
% Additional layers of notes can be used to print short comments or to
% record references to texts quoted by the author of the edited text
% or references to the edited text by other authors or
% translators. The former set is called an \emph{apparatus fontium}
% while the latter is called an \emph{apparatus testium}.
%
% \danger From a technical standpoint, these notes are very different
% from the short editorial notes inserted between lemma texts and
% variant readings that have been described above
% \vpageref{ref:editorial-notes}. However, for the sake of consistency
% with \texttt{TEI xml} encoding, \pkg{ekdosis} uses the same command
% \cs{note} to insert both kinds of notes.
%
% \danger One must also keep in mind that the notes that are described
% in this section refer either to a single word or to a span of
% text. By consequence, as boundaries must always be set outside spans
% of text, notes must be inserted immediately before the word or words
% they are related to. As a result of this rule, all spaces subsequent
% to \cs{note} are ignored.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\note} \cs{note}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\\
% As said above, \cs{note}, when found outside \cs{app}|{}|, is used
% to insert in additional layers of the apparatus short comments or
% references to texts quoted or cited in the edition text. It accepts
% the following comma-separated list of |key-value| optional
% arguments:---\\
% \DescribeOption{type} |type|$=$\meta{type}\\
% |type| is used to specify the name of the layer where the note is to
% be printed.\footnote{See \vref{sec:declaring-layers} to learn how to
% declare and lay out new layers of notes.}\\
% \DescribeOption{sep} |sep|$=$\meta{command \textbar\ chars}\\
% The separator between the lemma text and the contents of the note.\\
% \DescribeOption{nosep} |nosep|$=$\verb+true|false+\\
% This named argument does not need a value as it defaults to |true|
% if it is used. Obviously, |nosep| removes the separator mentioned
% above.\\
% \DescribeOption{lem} |lem|$=$\meta{lemma text}\\
% |lem| is the span of text the note is about. It may consist of one
% or more words, or of an abridged lemma text.\\
% \DescribeOption{labelb} |labelb|$=$\meta{label}
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Mandatory}\\
% |labelb| is the unique label to serve as a reference for the point
% immediately preceding the lemma text.  \danger |labelb| is used by
% \pkg{ekdosis} to print the line numbers in the apparatus criticus
% and to set the |left()| XPointer should \texttt{TEI} output be
% required. Therefore, it must be specified. Otherwise, \pkg{ekdosis}
% will issue an error message.\\
% \DescribeOption{labele} |labele|$=$\meta{label}\\
% |labele| is the unique label to serve as a reference for the point
% immediately following the lemma text. Contrary to |labelb|, |labele|
% may be left unspecified if the note is only about one word. If it is
% about a span, then |labele| ought to be specified.\\
% \DescribeMacro{\linelabel} \cs{linelabel}\marg{label}\\
% If |labele|$=$\meta{some\_label} be specified in the optional
% argument of \cs{note}, \cs{linelabel}\marg{some\allowbreak\_label}
% must be inserted immediately after the span of text that the note is
% about so that \pkg{ekdosis} can locate the exact point where the
% lemma text addressed by the note ends, like so:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
% Preamble:
% \DeclareApparatus{fontium}[
%         delim=\hskip0.75em,
%         bhook=\textbf{Sources:},
%         ehook=.]
% \DeclareApparatus{default}[
%         delim=\hskip0.75em,
%         ehook=.]
% Document:
\begin{ekdosis}
  The oldest monument of the Germans is their language, which, before
  untold centuries, was the companion of their travels from central
  Asia; a language, copious, elastic, inviting self-explaining
  combinations and independent development; lending itself alike to
  daily life and imagination, to description and abstract thought.
  \note[type=fontium, labelb=B61e, labele=B62a, lem={They
    had... slave}]{Waitz, \emph{Deutsche Verfassungs Geschichte},
    i. 86} They had a class of nobles, but their tongue knew no word
  for slave.\linelabel{B62a}\footnote{George Bancroft, \emph{History
      of the United States from the Discovery of the American
      Continent}, II.61--2.}
\end{ekdosis}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% PDF output:---
% \medskip
% 
% \needspace{7\baselineskip}
% \resetlinenumber
% \begin{alignment}[flush,tcols=1,texts=specimen,apparatus=specimen]
%   \begin{specimen}
%     The oldest monument of the Germans is their language, which,
%     before untold centuries, was the companion of their travels from
%     central Asia; a language, copious, elastic, inviting
%     self-explaining combinations and independent development;
%     lending itself alike to daily life and imagination, to
%     description and abstract thought.  \note[type=fontium,
%     labelb=B61e, labele=B62a, lem={They had... slave}]{Waitz,
%     \emph{Deutsche Verfassungs Geschichte}, i. 86} They had a class
%     of nobles, but their tongue knew no word for
%     slave.\linelabel{B62a}\footnote{George Bancroft, \emph{History of
%     the United States from the Discovery of the American Continent},
%     II.61--2.}
%   \end{specimen}
% \end{alignment}
%
% \texttt{TEI xml} output:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<p>The oldest monument of the Germans is their language,
which, before untold centuries, was the companion of their
travels from central Asia; a language, copious, elastic,
inviting self-explaining combinations and independent
development; lending itself alike to daily life and
imagination, to description and abstract thought. 
<note type="fontium" target="#range(right(B61e),left(B62a))">Waitz, 
<emph>Deutsche Verfassungs Geschichte</emph>, i. 86</note>
<anchor xml:id="B61e" />They had a class of nobles, but
their tongue knew no word for slave.
<anchor xml:id="B62a" />
<note place="bottom">George Bancroft, 
<emph>History of the United States from the Discovery of
the American Continent</emph>, II.61--2.</note></p>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \paragraph{\cs{note} or \cs{linelabel} inside \cs{lem}}
% It may happen that \cs{note} or \cs{linelabel} commands be found
% inside the argument of \cs{lem}. Obviously, inserting such commands
% in the apparatus criticus in print makes no sense and will lead to
% an error. The solution is to insert in the value of the |alt|
% optional argument of \cs{lem} a duplicate of the lemma text devoid
% of those commands, like so:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
This is some \app{
  \lem[alt=dummy]{\note[type=fontium, labelb=bnote, labele=enote,
    lem=dummy... command]{Text of the note}
    dummy}
  \rdg{pseudo}}
text to demonstrate how to insert a note in the argument of the
\emph{lem} command.\linelabel{enote}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% PDF output:---
% \medskip
% 
% \needspace{7\baselineskip}
% \resetlinenumber
% \begin{alignment}[flush,tcols=1,texts=specimen,apparatus=specimen]
%   \begin{specimen}
% This is some \app{
%   \lem[alt=dummy]{\note[type=fontium, labelb=bnote, labele=enote,
%     lem=dummy... command]{Text of the note}
%     dummy}
%   \rdg{pseudo}}
% text to demonstrate how to insert a note in the argument of the
% \emph{lem} command.\linelabel{enote}
%   \end{specimen}
% \end{alignment}
%
% \texttt{TEI xml} output:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{xml}
<p>This is some 
<app>
  <lem>
  <anchor xml:id="bnote" />dummy</lem>
  <note type="fontium"
  target="#range(right(bnote),left(enote))">Text of the
  note</note>
  <rdg>pseudo</rdg>
</app>text to demonstrate how to insert a note in the
argument of the 
<emph>lem</emph>command.
<anchor xml:id="#enote" /></p>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% As can be seen from the \texttt{TEI xml} output above, the span of
% text the note is about has been carefully delimited by two anchors
% (ll.~4 and 12), the first of which falls within |<lem>| (l.~4), but
% \pkg{ekdosis} has taken care of moving the note itself out of this
% element (ll.~5--7). Otherwise, the \texttt{TEI} output would not be
% valid.
%
% \section{Lineation Settings}
% \label{sec:lineation}
% \danger \pkg{ekdosis} uses \pkg{lineno} internally for line
% numbering.\footcite{lineno} But it must be noted that \pkg{ekdosis}
% strictly prohibits the \enquote{pagewise} mode of operation that is
% provided by \pkg{lineno}. As a result of this hinderance, all
% \enquote{margin switching} functions of \pkg{lineno} are disabled
% within the environments that are specific to \pkg{ekdosis},
% viz. \env{ekdosis} and \env{alignment}.
%
% That said, \pkg{ekdosis} provides equivalents of its own to handle
% the line numbers the same way as \pkg{lineno}'s \enquote{pagewise}
% mode of operation does.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\SetLineation} \cs{SetLineation}\marg{csv list of
% options} may be used in the preamble or at any point of the document
% to set lineation preferences. Its argument processes the |key=value|
% options that follow:---\\
% \DescribeOption{lineation} |lineation|$=$\verb+page|document+
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: document}\\
% |lineation=document| has the lines numbered continuously throughout
% the document while |lineation=page| instructs \pkg{ekdosis} that the
% numbering should start afresh at the top of each page.\\
% \DescribeOption{modulo} |modulo| \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: not set}\\
% |modulo| does not accept any value. When this option is set, every
% fifth line is numbered.\\
% \DescribeOption{modulonum} |modulonum|$=$\emph{n} (where \emph{n} is
% an integer)\hfill\tcboxverb{Default: not set}\\
% |modulonum| allows to modify the interval between the numbers that
% are printed. |modulo| must be set for this option to have effect. As
% examples, |modulo, modulonum=3| has every third line numbered and
% |modulonum=1| disables modulo numbering.\\
% \DescribeOption{margin} |margin|$=$\verb+right|left|inner|outer+
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: left}\\
% |margin| sets the margin in which the line numbers are to be
% printed.\\
% \DescribeOption{numbers} |numbers|$=$\verb+elided|full+
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: elided}\\
% This option only has effect on the numbers that are printed in the
% apparatus criticus. |numbers=elided| applies on spans of numbers and
% elides the last number of a range to the fewest number of figures
% possible\---viz. 35--7, 129--31 \emph{\&c.}\---without eliding
% digits in the group 10 to 19 in each hundred\---viz. 17--19, 115--18
% \emph{\&c.} |numbers=full| leaves the numbers untouched.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\innerlinenumbers} \DescribeMacro{\outerlinenumbers}
% \cs{innerlinenumbers} and \cs{outerlinenumbers} are equivalent to
% \cs{SetLineation}|{numb|\allowbreak|ers=outer}| and
% \cs{SetLineation}|{numbers=inner}| respectively. Both commands are
% complementary to \cs{rightlinenumbers} and \cs{leftlinenumbers}
% already provided by the \pkg{lineno} package.
%
% \paragraph{Useful Lineation Commands}
% As implied above, pretty much all commands that are provided by the
% \enquote{running} mode of operation of the \pkg{lineno} package will
% work with \pkg{ekdosis}, notably the following:---\\
% \DescribeMacro{\modulolinenumbers} \cs{modulolinenumbers}\oarg{n}
% can be used to enable modulo line numbering as described above.\\
% \DescribeMacro{\resetlinenumber} \cs{resetlinenumber}\oarg{n} resets
% the line number to one or to \emph{n} if specified.\\
% \DescribeMacro{\linenumberfont}
% \cs{renewcommand}|{\linenumberfont}|\marg{commands} can be used to
% set the font used for the line numbers that are printed in the
% margins. By default, the definition is
% \cs{normalfont}\cs{footnotesize}.\\
% \DescribeMacro{\linenumbersep} \cs{linenumbersep} is the distance
% between the numbers and the margin. By default, this distance is set
% to \unit[10]{pt}. It can be redefined like so:
% \cs{setlength}\cs{linenumbersep}\marg{length}.\\
% \DescribeMacro{\linelabel} \DescribeMacro{\lineref}
% \cs{linelabel}\marg{label} sets a line label that can be referred to
% with \cs{lineref}\marg{label}.
%
% The reader is invited to refer to the documentation of the
% \pkg{lineno} package for more information.
%
% As an example, what follows has every fifth line number printed in
% the inner margins. Additionally, the numbering shall start afresh at
% the top of each page:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\SetLineation{
  lineation=page,
  modulo,
  margin=inner
}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \section{Languages}
% \label{sec:languages}
% \danger \pkg{ekdosis} is fully compatible with \pkg{babel}.
% \enquote{Fully compatible} means that all features provided by
% \pkg{babel}, including language switching commands, are supported by
% \pkg{ekdosis}. \pkg{ekdosis} is also compatible with
% \pkg{polyglossia} with one notable exception: \pkg{luabidi}, which
% \pkg{polyglossia} loads for languages written from right to left, is
% not supported by \pkg{ekdosis}, and most probably never will
% be. That said, as far as the author could see, single-layer
% apparatus, as described in \vref{sec:single-layer-app}, can be
% typeset within the Arabic environment that is provided by
% \pkg{polyglossia}. Unfortunately, the same cannot be said for
% multiple-layer apparatus.
%
% Whether \pkg{babel} or \pkg{polyglossia} is used, \pkg{ekdosis}
% automatically applies the current language to the entries of the
% apparatus criticus, including the fonts that may have been
% associated to the languages in the preamble. In this respect, as
% \pkg{polyglossia} can use the same language switching commands as
% \pkg{babel},\footcite[See][3.2 \pno~14]{polyglossia} the general
% advice given above in \vref{sec:alignment-hooks} applies in all
% cases. As regards setting languages in the \texttt{TEI xml} output
% file, the reader is invited to refer to point \vref{it:lang-subopt}
% and \vref{sec:teixml-output}.
%
% \subsection{Languages Written From Right to Left}
% \label{sec:rtl-languages}
% As said above, \pkg{polyglossia} is not supported by \pkg{ekdosis}
% for languages that are written and read from right to left, like
% Arabic, Hebrew or Syriac. However, as \pkg{babel} is supported and
% can be loaded concurrently with \pkg{polyglossia}, an easy way is to
% use \pkg{babel} to print such languages.
%
% \danger The reader is invited to refer to and become acquainted with
% the relevant parts of the documentation of the \pkg{babel}
% package.\footcite{babel}
%
% \paragraph{\pkg{babel} Only}
% In the following example, \pkg{babel} is used exclusively to set
% three different languages: Arabic, ancient Greek and English:---
%
% \captof{Multilingual editions with \pkg{babel} only}
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{latex}
\usepackage{fontspec}

\usepackage[greek.ancient,english]{babel}
\babelprovide[onchar=fonts]{arabic}

\babelfont{rm}{Old Standard}
\babelfont[greek]{rm}[RawFeature={+ss05;+ss06}]{Old Standard}
\babelfont[*arabic]{rm}{Amiri}

\babeltags{ancientgreek = greek}
\newcommand{\sg}[1]{\textancientgreek{#1}}

\newcommand{\RL}[1]{\bgroup\textdir TRT#1\egroup}
\newenvironment{Arabic}{\par\pardir TRT\textdir TRT}{\par}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \begin{remarks}
% \item As can be seen, \pkg{fontspec} has been loaded before
%   \pkg{babel}. To the author's knowledge, this gives better results
%   when \cs{babelfont} is used.
% \item Line~3 loads \pkg{babel} and instructs it to use English as
%   the default language and ancient Greek as a second optional
%   language. The built-in |bidi| mechanism provided by \pkg{babel} is
%   not enabled. As a result, specific language switching commands for
%   Arabic must be defined just as it must be for every other
%   language.
% \item Line~4 does not load any Arabic, but instructs \pkg{babel}
%   that it should use the Arabic font that is set below with
%   \cs{babelfont} whenever an Arabic letter is encountered.
% \item Lines~6--8 select the fonts: |Old Standard| is the default
%   font to be used for Roman shape (l.~6); the same font is used for
%   Greek, with some additional Open Type features enabled; finally,
%   the |Amiri| font is used for Arabic.
% \item Lines~10--11 define so-called \enquote{tags} for easier access
%   to ancient Greek through \cs{begin}|{ancient|\allowbreak|greek}|
%   \dots\ \cs{end}|{ancientgreek}| for running paragraphs and
%   \cs{textancientgreek}\marg{text} for short insertions of Greek in
%   English text. \cs{sg}\marg{text} is just a shorthand for this
%   latter command.
% \item Finally, lines~13--14 define simple language switching
%   commands for Arabic. As can be seen, no commands other than the
%   \LuaTeX\ primitives \cs{pardir} and \cs{textdir} have been used
%   for \pkg{babel} already takes care of selecting the Arabic
%   font. \cs{RL} is for short insertions of Arabic words in English
%   paragraphs while \cs{begin}|{Arabic}| \dots\ \cs{end}|{Arabic}| is
%   for running paragraphs of Arabic text.
% \end{remarks}
%
% \paragraph{Changing the Writing Direction}
% \DescribeMacro{\setRL} \DescribeMacro{\setLR} \cs{setRL} and
% \cs{setLR} are two argument-less commands provided by \pkg{ekdosis}
% that can be used to change the writing direction of running
% paragraphs. The former sets the direction from right to left and the
% latter form left to right. If \pkg{babel} has been set as above,
% \cs{setRL} \dots\ \cs{setLR} can be used in place of
% \cs{begin}|{Arabic}| \dots\ \cs{end}|{Arabic}|.
% 
% \paragraph{\pkg{polyglossia} Associated With \cs{babelprovide}}
% What follows illustrates how \pkg{babel} can be used conjointly with
% \pkg{polyglossia} for the same three languages as above without
% having to load \pkg{luabidi}:---
%
% \captof{Multilingual editions with \pkg{babel} and
% \pkg{polyglossia}}
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{latex}
\usepackage{fontspec}

\usepackage{babel}
\babelprovide[onchar=fonts]{arabic}

\setmainfont{Old Standard}
\newfontfamily\greekfont{Old Standard}[RawFeature={+ss05;+ss06}]
\babelfont[*arabic]{rm}{Amiri}

\usepackage{polyglossia}
\setdefaultlanguage{english}
\setotherlanguage[variant=ancient]{greek}

\newcommand{\textarabic}[1]{\bgroup\textdir TRT#1\egroup}
\newenvironment{Arabic}{\par\pardir TRT\textdir TRT}{\par}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \begin{remarks}
% \item Line~3 just loads \pkg{babel} with no default language.
% \item Lines~4 and 8 are used to have the Arabic font automatically
%   selected as above.
% \item Lines~14--15 define the exact language switching commands that
%   would have been defined if \pkg{polyglossia} and \pkg{luabidi} had
%   been used for Arabic.
% \end{remarks}
%
% As one can see, the important points about languages written from
% right to left are to use \pkg{babel} only to select the Arabic
% fonts, avoid using the bidirectional mechanism it provides and
% define commands and environments that use only \LuaTeX\ primitives
% to set the writing direction. Then, an Arabic edition text\---to
% continue with this example\---can be entered as plainly as
% follows:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false,escapeinside=++]{latex}
\begin{ekdosis}
  \begin{Arabic}
    +\txarb{إِنَّ أَبِي كَانَ مِنَ}+ \app{
      \lem{+\txarb{ٱلْمُقَاتِلَةِ}+}
      \rdg{+\txarb{ٱلْمُقَاتِلِينَ}+}
      } +\txarb{وَ كَانَتْ أُمِّي مِنْ عُظَمَآءِ بُيُوتِ ٱلزَّمَازِمَةِ۔}+
  \end{Arabic}
\end{ekdosis}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% It should be reminded that the writing direction of the apparatus
% criticus itself is independent of that of the edition text and must
% be set either with \cs{Set(LTR{\textbar}RTL)app} or with the
% |direction| optional argument of \cs{SetApparatus} for single-layer
% apparatus criticus, or by means of \cs{DeclareApparatus} for
% multiple-layer apparatus criticus.\footnote{See above
% \vref{sec:single-layer-app} (single-layer apparatus criticus) and
% \vref{sec:multilayer-apparatus} (multiple-layer apparatus
% criticus).}
%
% The PDF output with left-to-right apparatus criticus follows:---
% \medskip
% 
% \needspace{7\baselineskip}
% \resetlinenumber
% \begin{alignment}[flush,tcols=1,texts=specimen,apparatus=specimen]
%   \begin{specimen}
%     \begin{arab}[fullvoc]
%       'inna 'abI kAna mina \app[type=ltr]{
%       \lem{'l-muqAtilaTi}
%       \rdg{'l-muqAtilIna}}
%       wa-kAnat 'ummI min `u.zamA'i buyUti 'l-zamAzimaTi.
%     \end{arab}
%   \end{specimen}
% \end{alignment}
%
% \needspace{5\baselineskip}
% And here follows the PDF output with right-to-left apparatus
% criticus:---
% \medskip
% 
% \needspace{7\baselineskip}
% \resetlinenumber
% \begin{alignment}[flush,tcols=1,texts=specimen,apparatus=specimen]
%   \begin{specimen}
%     \begin{arab}[fullvoc]
%       'inna 'abI kAna mina \app[type=rtl]{
%       \lem{'l-muqAtilaTi}
%       \rdg{'l-muqAtilIna}}
%       wa-kAnat 'ummI min `u.zamA'i buyUti 'l-zamAzimaTi.
%     \end{arab}
%   \end{specimen}
% \end{alignment}
%
% \subsection{Using \pkg{arabluatex}}
% \label{sec:using-arabluatex}
% \pkg{arabluatex} is a \hologo{LuaLaTeX} package that provides
% commands and environments which return Arabic writing from an ASCII
% transliteration (either Arab\TeX\ or Buckwalter
% scheme).\footcite{arabluatex} It is particularly well-suited for
% complex documents such as critical editions where a lot of commands
% intertwine with Arabic writing. \pkg{arabluatex} can output Unicode
% Arabic in the same modes as \pkg{arabtex}\footcite{arabtex} or in
% different accepted standards of romanization. It is also able to
% produce a duplicate of the original |.tex| source file in which all
% |arabtex| or |buckwalter| strings are replaced with Unicode
% equivalents, either in Arabic script or in any accepted standard of
% transliteration.\footcite[\mkbibquote{Exporting Unicode Arabic
% to an External File}]{arabluatex}
%
% \pkg{arabluatex} is fully supported by \pkg{ekdosis}. The following
% example illustrates how \pkg{arabluatex} and \pkg{ekdosis} interact
% with each other to produce distinct \texttt{TEI xml} outputs from a
% single |.tex| source file:---
%
% \captof{\pkg{ekdosis} and \pkg{arabluatex}}[\label{lst:arabluatex-ekd}]
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{latex}
% Preamble:
% load ekdosis and ask for TEI xml output:
\usepackage[teiexport]{ekdosis}
% load arabluatex and request a LaTeX ouput with Unicode Arabic:
\usepackage[export,fullvoc]{arabluatex}

% document:
\begin{arabexport} % export arabtex strings to Unicode Arabic
  \begin{ekdosis}
    \begin{arab}
      'inna 'abI kAna mina 
      \app{
        \lem{'l-muqAtilaTi}
        \rdg{'l-muqAtilIna}
      }
      wa-kAnat 'ummI min `u.zamA'i buyUti 'l-zamAzimaTi.
    \end{arab}
  \end{ekdosis}
\end{arabexport}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% The PDF output with left-to-right apparatus criticus is of course
% the same as above:---
% \medskip
% 
% \needspace{7\baselineskip}
% \resetlinenumber
% \begin{alignment}[flush,tcols=1,texts=specimen,apparatus=specimen]
%   \begin{specimen}
%     \begin{arab}[fullvoc]
%       'inna 'abI kAna mina \app[type=ltr]{
%       \lem{'l-muqAtilaTi}
%       \rdg{'l-muqAtilIna}}
%       wa-kAnat 'ummI min `u.zamA'i buyUti 'l-zamAzimaTi.
%     \end{arab}
%   \end{specimen}
% \end{alignment}
%
% However, assuming that the source file is called |source.tex|,
% \pkg{ekdosis} produces as instructed from this file an additional
% |source-tei.xml| as follows:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<p xml:lang="ar-Latn" type="transliterated"
subtype="arabtex">'inna 'abI kAna mina 
<app>
  <lem>'l-muqAtilaTi</lem>
  <rdg>'l-muqAtilIna</rdg>
</app>wa-kAnat 'ummI min `u.zamA'i buyUti
'l-zamAzimaTi.</p>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% At the same time, \pkg{arabluatex} is instructed to produce on its
% own from the same |source.tex| an additional |source_out.tex| in
% which all |arabtex| strings found within \cs{begin}|{arabexport}|
% \dots\ \cs{end}|{arabexport}| (see \vref{lst:arabluatex-ekd},
% ll.~9--19) are replaced with full-vocalized Arabic Unicode
% script. Finally, compiling this latter file produces the following
% |sample-arabic_out-tei.xml| an extract of which follows:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false,escapeinside=++]{xml}
<p xml:lang="arb">+\txarb{إِنَّ أَبِي كَانَ مِنَ}+ 
<app>
  <lem>+\txarb{ٱلْمُقَاتِلَةِ}+</lem>
  <rdg>+\txarb{ٱلْمُقَاتِلِينَ}+</rdg>
</app>+\txarb{وَكَانَتْ أُمِّي مِنْ عُظَمَآءِ بُيُوتِ}+
+\txarb{ٱلزَّمَازِمَةِ.}+</p>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% The reader will find the full |arabic-sample.tex| source file with
% instructions in \vref{sec:arabic-sample}, and is invited to refer to
% the documentation of the \pkg{arabluatex} package for more
% information on the way to use its Arabic environments and built-in
% functions dedicated to export |arabtex| ASCII strings to
% Unicode.\footcite{arabluatex}
%
% \section{Divisions of the Body}
% \label{sec:body-divisions}
% The features that are described in this section call for one general
% remark.  \pkg{ekdosis} is designed to figure out where any \LaTeX\
% command that is converted to a \texttt{TEI} opening element allowed
% to nest recursively, such as |<div>|, |<lg>| and the like, is to be
% closed, even though there is no explicit indication of the point
% where the closure occurs. Thoroughly scanning \LaTeX\ source files
% with \textsf{Lua} functions which involve complex string matching
% and recursions was required, as \LaTeX\ \enquote*{open} commands
% such as \cs{chapter} or \cs{section} only act as milestones,
% contrary to \texttt{TEI} elements.
% 
% \danger It must be noted that the two styles described hereinafter
% are mutually exclusive. \texttt{TEI xml} forbids that both be
% combined within a single |<body>| element.\footnote{See
% \url{https://tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html\#DSDIV}.}
% As a result, \pkg{ekdosis} will disregard whichever one is not
% selected.
% \vskip\baselineskip
%
% \subsection{\LaTeX\ Standard Divisions}
% \label{sec:latex-divs}
% \pkg{ekdosis} can use the \LaTeX\ standard textual divisions, such
% as \cs{book}, \cs{chapter}, \cs{section} and the like.
%
% \danger However, to have these divisions properly translated into
% \texttt{TEI} numbered |<div>| elements, the |divs| general option
% must be set to |latex| explicitly\---viz. |divs=latex|\---as
% described above \vpageref{ref:divs-opt}.
%
% \danger As the \env{alignment} environment that is provided by
% \pkg{ekdosis} places all aligned texts within \texttt{TEI xml}
% un-numbered |<div>| elements and \LaTeX\ textual divisions are
% converted into numbered |<div|\textsubscript{\emph{n}}|>| elements,
% inserting such divisions in texts to be aligned will result in an
% invalid \texttt{TEI xml} output. Instead, un-numbered divisions
% through \cs{ekddiv} must be used as described below in
% \vref{sec:ekddiv}.
%
% Once |divs| has been set to |latex|, \pkg{ekdosis} converts
% \cs{book}, \cs{part}, \cs{chapter}, \cs{section}, \cs{subsection}
% and \cs{subsubsection} into corresponding \texttt{TEI}
% \enquote*{numbered} |<div|\textsubscript{\emph{n}}|>| elements,
% where $1\leq n\leq 6$.
%
% \paragraph{Adjusting the Levels of Textual Subdivisions}
% \DescribeMacro{\MkBodyDivs}
% \cs{MkBodyDivs}\marg{div1}\marg{div2}\marg{div3}\allowbreak\marg{div4}\marg{div5}\marg{div6}
% takes six mandatory arguments. This command can be used in the
% preamble or at any point of the document to make the number of the
% first-level subdivision of the edition text, viz.\ |<div1>|, match
% to any \LaTeX\ command other than \cs{book}. For example, if
% \cs{section} be the highest-level sectional command used, then
% \cs{MkBodyDivs}|{section}{subsection}{subsubsection}{}{}|\allowbreak|{}|
% will have \cs{section}, \cs{subsection} and \cs{subsubsection}
% converted into |<div1>|, |<div2>| and |<div3>| respectively.
%
% \paragraph{Inserting Variants in Headings}
% Variant readings can be inserted in headings. In this case, the
% optional argument of the \LaTeX\ sectional command must naturally be
% used to prevent variants from going into headers, footers or the
% table of contents, like so:\footnote{On the use of \texttt{egomute}
% (l.~13), see above \vref{it:egomute}.}---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{latex}
% Preamble:
\usepackage[teiexport=tidy, divs=latex]{ekdosis}
\MkBodyDivs{chapter}{section}{}{}{}{}

% Document:
\chapter[Ἱπποκράτους ἐπιδημιῶν βιβλίον δεύτερον]{Ἱπποκράτους ἐπιδημιῶν
  \app{
    \lem[wit={I,R,H}]{βιβλίον δεύτερον}
    \rdg[wit=V]{λόγος β’}}}

\section[Τμῆμα πρῶτον]{
  \app{
    \lem[resp=egomute, type=emendation, nosep,
     post=suppleui]{\supplied{Τμῆμα πρῶτον}}
   }}
Ἄνθρακες θερινοὶ ἐν Κραννῶνι· [...]
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \texttt{TEI xml} output:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<div1 type="chapter">
  <head>Ἱπποκράτους ἐπιδημιῶν 
  <app>
    <lem wit="#I #R #H">βιβλίον δεύτερον</lem>
    <rdg wit="#V">λόγος β’</rdg>
  </app></head>
  <div2 type="section">
    <head>
      <app>
        <lem><supplied resp="#ego" type="emendation">Τμῆμα
         πρῶτον</supplied></lem>
      </app>
    </head>
    <p>Ἄνθρακες θερινοὶ ἐν Κραννῶνι· [...]</p>
  </div2>
</div1>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \subsection{Using \texttt{TEI} Un-numbered Divisions}
% \label{sec:ekddiv}
% \danger As already described \vpageref{ref:divs-opt}, the
% un-numbered style of division is the one that is set by default. It
% is congruous to the general option |divs=ekdosis|.
%
% This style provides a flexible mechanism in which format and
% presentation are separated from content. It is designed to meet the
% requirements of classical and literary texts the divisions of which
% may depend on many different received traditions.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\ekddiv} \cs{ekddiv}\marg{key-value arguments} is the
% unique sectional command provided by \pkg{ekdosis}. This command
% converts the divisions into un-numbered \texttt{TEI} |<div>|
% elements allowed to nest recursively and takes one mandatory
% argument in which the following |key-value| arguments are
% accepted:---\\
% \DescribeOption{type} |type|$=$\meta{name}
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: none}\\
% |type| corresponds to the \texttt{TEI} class |att.typed| and can be
% used to classify the element in which it is found in any
% way. Suitable values here can be |book|, |chapter|, |section| and
% the like.\\
% \DescribeOption{n} |n|$=$\meta{value} \hfill
% \tcboxverb{Default: none}\\
% |n| is meant to provide a number or any kind of label for the
% division and does not have to be unique in the document.\\
% \DescribeOption{head} |head|$=$\meta{name}
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: none}\\
% |head| holds the title of the division and may further contain
% variant readings.\\
% \DescribeOption{barehead} |barehead|$=$\meta{name}
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: none}\\
% |barehead| is supposed to be used to prevent unwanted commands from
% going into such places as headers, footers and the table of
% contents.\\
% \DescribeOption{depth} |depth|$=$\meta{n} where $1\leq n\leq 9$
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: 1}\\
% As \texttt{TEI} un-numbered divisions are simply |<div>| elements
% allowed to nest recursively to indicate their hierarchic depth and
% \cs{ekddiv} is an \enquote*{open} \LaTeX\ command, |n| is needed to
% indicate the depth of the division within the hierarchy, the largest
% being |1| and the smallest being |9|.\\
% \DescribeOption{toc}
% |toc|$=$\verb+|book|part|chapter|section|subsection|subsubsection|paragraph+\\
% |subparagraph|\hfill\tcboxverb{Default: not set}\\
% If |toc| be set, the title of the division goes into the table of
% contents at the hierarchic level that is specified as value.
%
% \paragraph{Formatting the Titles}
% \DescribeMacro{\FormatDiv} By design, \pkg{ekdosis} does
% not format the titles. Instead, depending on what is needed for the
% edition text, \cs{FormatDiv}\marg{n}\marg{code
% before}\marg{code after} is provided to lay out the titles of any
% hierarchic depth of division. This command takes three mandatory
% arguments as follows: \meta{n}, which is the number referring to the
% particular depth of division to be formatted and some \LaTeX\
% commands to go before and after the title itself. The following
% example illustrates how the titles of the largest division can be
% printed horizontally centered in a larger size:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\FormatDiv{1}{\begin{center}\Large}{\end{center}}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% To elaborate on the example provided above in \vref{sec:latex-divs},
% here follows how the first three hierarchical levels could be
% formatted as un-numbered divisions:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
% Preamble:
\FormatDiv{1}{\begin{center}\Large}{\end{center}}
\FormatDiv{2}{\begin{center}\large}{\end{center}}
\FormatDiv{3}{\bfseries}{.}

% Document:
\begin{ekdosis}
  \ekddiv{
    head={Ἱπποκράτους ἐπιδημιῶν
      \app{
        \lem[wit={I,R,H}]{βιβλίον δεύτερον}
        \rdg[wit=V]{λόγος β’}}},
    type=book,
    depth=1,
    n=II
  }

  \ekddiv{
    head={\app{
        \lem[resp=egomute, post=suppleui,
        type=emendation]{\supplied{Τμῆμα πρῶτον}}
        \rdg[wit=codd, alt=om.]{}}},
    type=section,
    depth=2,
    n=II.1
  }

  \ekddiv{head=1, type=paragraph, depth=3, n=II.1.1}
  Ἄνθρακες θερινοὶ ἐν Κραννῶνι· [...]
\end{ekdosis}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% PDF output:---
% \medskip
% 
% \needspace{7\baselineskip}
% \resetlinenumber
% \FormatDiv{1}{\begin{center}\Large}{\end{center}}
% \FormatDiv{2}{\begin{center}\large}{\end{center}}
% \FormatDiv{3}{\bfseries}{.}
% \begin{alignment}[flush,
%   tcols=1,
%   texts=hippocrates[xml:lang="grc"],
%   apparatus=hippocrates]
%   \AtBeginEnvironment{hippocrates}{\selectlanguage{greek}}
%   \begin{hippocrates}
%       \ekddiv{
%         head={Ἱπποκράτους ἐπιδημιῶν
%           \app{
%           \lem[wit={hI,hR,hH}]{βιβλίον δεύτερον}
%           \rdg[wit=hV]{λόγος β’}}},
%         type=book,
%         depth=1,
%         n=II}
% 
%         \ekddiv{
%         head={\app{
%           \lem[resp=egomute, post=suppleui,
%             type=emendation]{\supplied{Τμῆμα πρῶτον}}
%           \rdg[wit=hcodd, alt=om.]{}}},
%         type=section,
%         depth=2,
%         n=II.1
%       }
% 
%       \ekddiv{head=1, type=paragraph, depth=3, n=II.1.1} Ἄνθρακες
%       θερινοὶ ἐν Κραννῶνι· [...]
%     \end{hippocrates}
% \end{alignment}
%
% \texttt{TEI xml} output:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<div xml:id="div-hippocrates_1" xml:lang="grc">
  <div type="book" n="II">
    <head>Ἱπποκράτους ἐπιδημιῶν 
    <app>
      <lem wit="#I #R #H">βιβλίον δεύτερον</lem>
      <rdg wit="#V">λόγος β’</rdg>
    </app></head>
    <div type="section" n="II.1">
      <head>
        <app>
          <lem resp="#ego" type="emendation">
            <supplied>Τμῆμα πρῶτον</supplied>
          </lem>
          <rdg wit="#V #I #R #H" />
        </app>
      </head>
      <div type="paragraph" n="II.1.1">
        <head>1</head>
        <p>Ἄνθρακες θερινοὶ ἐν Κραννῶνι· [...]</p>
      </div>
    </div>
  </div>
</div>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \section{The Tricks of the Trade}
% \label{sec:tricks-of-trade}
% As the |.tex| source file is compiled, \pkg{ekdosis} has to compute
% a tremendous amount of data. Most of this work is performed by
% \textsf{Lua} functions. An edition text narrowed down to a single
% page needs to be compiled at least three times. On the first run,
% the apparatus criticus does not show. Instead, \pkg{ekdosis}
% produces an auxiliary file named \cs{jobname}|.ekd| in which all the
% entries of the apparatus criticus are collected. Then, on the second
% run a test is performed on this auxliary file to determine whether
% there are entries\---and if so, which ones\---to be printed on the
% current page. At the same time, references to the line numbers are
% updated if necessary. Finally, on the third run, the apparatus
% criticus is printed.
%
% Of course, every change made to the input may similarly require
% \hologo{LuaLaTeX} to be run three more times to get everything to
% the right place with the right numbers.
%
% In some instances, notably when on a given page entries are very
% abundant in number, specifically when the edition text is getting
% close to the bottom of the page, \pkg{ekdosis} may oscillate
% indefinitely between different sets of page decisions without being
% able to settle down. The condition may be typically illustrated as
% follows: after Lua\LaTeX\ has been run, an entry is attached to the
% last line of the page. As said above, this entry does not show
% yet. But when it does, if it results in an additional line being
% printed in the apparatus criticus, the last line of the edition
% text\---the one the entry was previously attached to\---goes to the
% next page. As a result, this entry also moves to the next page with
% the line it belongs to. This point is literally critical, because
% unless a \cs{pagebreak} is inserted just here so as to keep the
% contentious line on the next page, \pkg{ekdosis} enters a vicious
% circle from which it cannot escape, not to mention that right
% entries with right line numbers cannot come on pages that follow a
% wrong page either.
%
% An alert reader may have guessed that inserting a \cs{pagebreak} is
% a good way to get out of the vicious circle. And surely, if only a
% few pages are at stake, this is the way to go. However,
% \cs{pagebreak} commands should only be inserted when the whole
% edition text is ready for any subtantial change in the preceding
% pages may result in pages that break just after they begin.
%
% Another way\---should the edition text fall into the vicious circle
% too often\---is to limit the number of entries per page that a given
% layer of apparatus criticus may accept as described above
% \vpageref{ref:maxentries}. As a result, \pkg{ekdosis} will take care
% of inserting automatic breakpoints between pages whenever the number
% of entries on a given page reaches the value set as |maxentries|.
%
% |maxentries| must not be too small: otherwise offensive to look at
% vertical spaces may come between the edition text and the apparatus
% criticus. Conversely, |maxentries| must not be too big: otherwise,
% should entries overflow on a given page, the edition text and the
% apparatus criticus may clash again. As said above, a couple of
% clashes can be managed with a couple of manually inserted page
% breaks. But if there are too many ot them, it is a good indication
% that the selected value of |maxentries| is too to high.
%
% Complex edition texts do have a magic number. An advisable way to
% figure it out would be to start from a sample of only a few pages,
% selected as evidence for the complexity of the whole. As only a few
% pages would need to be compiled, the magic number should emerge
% quite rapidly.
%
% \paragraph{Adding and Removing Entries}
% \DescribeMacro{\addentries} \cs{addentries}\oarg{layer}\marg{n}
% \newfeature[v1.1]\\
% If |maxentries| be set for a given layer of critical notes,
% \cs{addentries}\oarg{layer}\marg{n}, where \meta{n} is an integer,
% can be used to add \meta{n} to\---or remove it from if \meta{n} be
% negative\---the number of accepted entries on the current
% page. \cs{addentries} operates on the default layer of notes, but
% any other declared layer can be specified in the optional argument
% of the command.
%
% \danger Of course, \cs{addentries} must be issued before the
% number of entries on a given page has reached the value set as
% |maxentries|.
%
% Once a sensible value for |maxentries| has been found,
% \cs{addentries} can further be used with a positive integer to allow
% for more entries and more lines on some pages so that offending
% vertical spaces are decreased. Conversely, \cs{addentries} with a
% negative integer will remove entries on pages where there are too
% many of them and \pkg{ekdosis} still oscillates between different
% sets of page decisions.
%
% \subsection{Variae Quaestiones}
% \label{sec:variae-quaestiones}
% This section is about issues that are not strictly speaking part of
% the documentation of \pkg{ekdosis} but may nevertheless
% circumstancially arise.
%
% \paragraph{Superfluous Dots}
% \label{sec:superfluous-dots}
% As said above \vpageref{ref:ending-dot}, it is customary in some
% editions to have a full stop printed at the end of the apparatus
% criticus. \pkg{ekdosis} provides specific commands to achieve this
% in a straightforward way, such as \cs{SetEndApparatus} and the
% |ehook| optional argument of \cs{SetApparatus} and
% \cs{DeclareApparatus}.\footnote{See above on pages
% \pageref{ref:setendapparatus}, \pageref{ref:apparatus-settings-b}
% and \pageref{sec:declaring-layers} respectively.} However, if the
% last word of the apparatus criticus on a given page be an
% abbreviation followed by a dot, such a setting will have two dots
% printed at the end of the apparatus instead of one. The solution is
% to define a command to have a dot printed only if it is not followed
% by a dot, and append this command to the abbreviated form of the
% word, like so:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{latex}
% Preamble:
\usepackage{xspace}
\usepackage{ekdosis}

\makeatletter
\newcommand{\ekddot}{%
  \ltx@ifnextchar{.}{\xspace}{.\xspace}}
\makeatother

\DeclareApparatus{default}[ehook=.]
\DeclareScholar{Erm}{Erm\ekddot}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \begin{remarks}
% \item Line~2: The \pkg{xspace} package is needed for \cs{xspace} is
%   used by the \cs{ekddot} command that is defined at l.~6.
% \item Line~7: \cs{ltx@ifnextchar} is part of the \pkg{ltxcmds}
%   package which is loaded by \pkg{ekdosis}. As this command uses a
%   private control sequence, it must be found within
%   \cs{makeatletter} \dots\ \cs{makeatother}.
% \item Line~10: \cs{ekddot} will only work with multiple-layer
%   apparatus criticus. Therefore, \cs{DeclareAppa{\allowbreak}ratus}
%   must be used even if only one layer of critical notes is needed.
% \end{remarks}
%
% \section{\texttt{TEI xml} Output}
% \label{sec:teixml-output}
% Several examples of \texttt{TEI xml} output have been provided
% hitherto. Before proceeding, the reader is invited to return to
% every one of them. In this respect, it may be of interest to review
% carefully the excerpt of Caesar's \emph{Gallic War} of which the
% \LaTeX\ source file and its corresponding \texttt{TEI xml} output
% are printed in full below in \vref{sec:caesar-gw-6-1-13}. Once
% \pkg{ekdosis} has been instructed to convert the edition text into
% \texttt{TEI xml} (l.~11), the preamble of this file shows how to set
% languages and fonts to be used in the document (ll.~2--6), format
% the titles (l.~16) and lay out the alignment of an edition text
% associated with two translations (ll.~18--25) in modern
% languages. Furthermore, it shows how information related to each
% language (Latin, English and French) is to be found in two different
% places, namely for \texttt{TEI xml} output (ll.~21--3) and for PDF
% output through \LaTeX\ (ll.~27--9). Finally, it provides examples of
% declaring witnesses, hands and shorthands (ll.~31--60). As to the
% document itself, it shows how to lay out a conspectus siglorum in a
% table (ll.~64--80), before giving detailed examples of how the
% edition text is entered (ll.~85--101) and sectional commands
% provided by \pkg{ekdosis} are used (ll.~86, 103 and
% 110).\footnote{The PDF output is available as
% \href{samples/Caesar_BG-6-13-1.pdf}{a separate file}.}
%
% \subsection{Requesting \texttt{TEI xml} Output}
% \label{sec:request-tei-output}
% \texttt{TEI xml} output is requested by means of the |teiexport|
% global option as described above
% \vpageref{ref:teiexport-option}. Once instructed to output
% \texttt{TEI}, \pkg{ekdosis} converts and exports in sequence the
% contents of \env{ekdosis} environments (see above
% \vref{sec:single-text-editing}). As regards the contents of
% \env{alignment} environments (see above \vref{sec:alignment-basic}),
% \pkg{ekdosis} first collates the contents of the environments that
% have been declared as values of the |texts| optional argument of
% \env{alignment} or \cs{SetAlignment},\footnote{See above
% \vref{sec:multiple-alignment}.} then places each of the
% corresponding \texttt{TEI xml} outputs within distinct |<div>|
% elements named after the declared environments themselves. For
% example, to return to Caesar's text, the Latin edition text is found
% between a \cs{begin}|{latin}| \dots\ \cs{end}|{latin}| environment
% (see the |.tex| source file, \vref{sec:caesar-gw-tex}, ll.~85--101)
% which is declared at l.~21. Then, the corresponding \texttt{xml}
% output is found within a |<div>| element, the |xml:id| of which has
% been given by \pkg{ekdosis} the value |div-latin_1| (see
% \vref{sec:caesar-gw-tei}, ll.~176--200).
%
% \paragraph{\texttt{TEI} File Name} \DescribeMacro{\SetTEIFilename}
% \cs{SetTEIFilename}\marg{basename} is a preamble-only command. It
% can be used to set the base name of the \texttt{TEI xml} output
% file, to which the suffix |.xml| is appended. By default, the base
% name is \cs{jobname}|-tei|.
%
% \subsection{General Principles}
% \label{sec:totei-general-principles}
% \paragraph{Validation of the \texttt{TEI xml} Structure}
% The reference tool that the author relies on is that provided by the
% \emph{\texttt{TEI} by Example Project}.\footnote{\cite{TBE}.
% The \texttt{TEI} validator is here:
% \url{http://teibyexample.com/xquery/TBEvalidator.xq}.} As for
% \pkg{ekdosis}, it is designed to produce on request, in addition to
% an edition in print, a \texttt{TEI xml} compliant output file. That
% said, one must keep in mind that the \LaTeX\ packages that are part
% of {\TeX}Live can be counted in thousands, and the commands they
% provide in tens of thousands. There may even be grounds in asserting
% that the possibilities offered by \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ quite exceed
% what can be afforded by \texttt{TEI xml}. On another hand, many
% \LaTeX\ commands make no sense in \texttt{TEI}. Therefore, a
% sensible choice is to keep them out of the environments the contents
% of which are to be translated into \texttt{xml} elements, as will be
% illustrated by the following.
% 
% Converting a \LaTeX\ document into \texttt{TEI xml} can be quite an
% intricate business. In many cases, however, \LaTeX\ strings are
% found within environments or groups that are easy to convert into
% \texttt{TEI} equivalents: unless instructed otherwise, whether such
% groups are delimited by opening and closing braces or by explicit
% \cs{begin} \dots\ \cs{end} commands, \pkg{ekdosis} translates them
% into |xml| so that for example \cs{emph}|{word}| and
% \cs{begin}|{quote}| \meta{quoted words} \cs{end}|{quote}| become
% |<emph>| \meta{word} |</emph>| and |<quote>| \meta{quoted words}
% |</quote>| respectively.
%
% But \LaTeX\ does not place everything into groups or
% environments. To take here but a few examples, sectional divisions
% are marked in \LaTeX\ with \enquote{open} commands such as
% \cs{chapter} or \cs{section} with no clear indication where the
% closure of divisions occurs, contrary to \texttt{TEI xml} markup
% with numbered or un-numbered |<div>| elements allowed to nest
% recursively. As regards running paragraphs of text, the situation is
% even worse than in the latter case, as the following simple example
% shows:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{latex}
\begin{document}
\begin{ekdosis}
  ...

  ... These are the final words of some section in the body text.

  \section{New Section}

  Here is how some new section begins...

  ... Final words.
  \section{Other Section}
  Opening words of the section...
  
  ... Final words
  
  \section{Other Section}
  Opening words...
  
  ... Final words.
\end{ekdosis}
\end{document}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% Obviously, construing this \LaTeX\ source file into \texttt{TEI xml}
% is a fairly complex task. For example, line~6 only closes a
% paragraph for line~7 opens a division (hence |</p><div1>|), line~8
% only opens a paragraph just after the heading of the section (hence
% |</head><p>|) while line~14 both closes the foregoing paragraph and
% opens a new one (hence |</p><p>|), contrary to line~16 which both
% closes a paragraph and a sectional division (hence |</p></div1>|),
% not to mention lines~20--1, where notwithstanding the absence of
% blank line or any other indication,
% |</p></div1></body></text></TEI>| is needed.
%
% \pkg{ekdosis} has been designed to implement this task through
% \textsf{Lua} functions which involve string matching (both forward
% and reverse matching) and recursions.
%
% \paragraph{\texttt{TEI xml} Export Settings}
% \label{ref:setteixmlexport}
% \DescribeMacro{\SetTEIxmlExport} \cs{SetTEIxmlExport}\marg{csv list
% of options} can be used in the preamble or at any point of the
% document, except inside environments set to receive an apparatus
% criticus, namely the \env{ekdosis} environment or any other similar
% environment declared by means of \cs{DeclareApparatus}.\footnote{See
% above \vref{sec:declaring-layers}.} At the time of writing, there is
% only one option, as follows:---\\
% \DescribeOption{autopar} |autopar|$=$\verb+true|false+
% \hfill\tcboxverb{Default: true}\\
% The algorithm described above applies for edition texts composed in
% running paragraphs or in lines of poetry, but it may fail to produce
% a valid \texttt{TEI xml} output with other arrangements, such as
% performance texts or transcriptions of speech for which the
% \texttt{TEI} Guidelines define specific rules.  |autopar=false|
% instructs \pkg{ekdosis} to ignore blank lines in the |.tex| source
% file as markers for paragraph boundaries. As a result, each
% paragraph of the edition text must be found within an environment
% associated with the \texttt{xml} |<p>| element, such as \env{ekdpar}
% or any other environment declared as such by means of \cs{EnvtoTEI}
% described below in \vref{sec:new-cmds-envs}. A typical use case of
% |autopar=false| is provided below in
% \vref{sec:specific-tei-modules}.
%
% \DescribeEnv{ekdpar} \cs{begin}|{ekdpar}| \dots\ \cs{end}|{ekdpar}|
% is a simple environment that does nothing but insert \cs{par}
% primitives. It can be used to instruct \pkg{ekdosis} to place
% paragraphs within |<p>| elements when |autopar| has been set to
% |false| by means of \cs{SetTEIxmlExport} described above.
%
% \paragraph{The \texttt{xml:id} Attribute}
% As a general rule, the |xml:id| global attribute must be unique for
% the element that bears the attribute. Furthermore, it must begin
% with a letter or an underscore and contain no characters other that
% letters, digits, hyphens, underscores and full stops. \pkg{ekdosis}
% issues a warning when it finds that any \meta{unique id} of
% \meta{unique label} expected in the first argument of
% \cs{DeclareWitness}, \cs{DeclareHand}, \cs{DeclareSource} or
% \cs{DeclareScholar} is not unique or breaks the rules just
% described, but does not prevent the |.tex| source file from
% compiling. Instead, it prints the string |<??>| in place of the
% expected formatted siglum so that the error in the |.tex| source
% file can be easily spotted and corrected.
%
% \danger As the \meta{unique id} declared with \cs{DeclareShorthand}
% is not to be exported in the \texttt{TEI xml} outputfile,
% \pkg{ekdosis} checks neither its uniqueness nor its validness.
%
% \danger It must be noted that \LaTeX\ labels that are provided in
% commands such as \cs{label}, \cs{cite} and the like must also be
% unique in the document. As \LaTeX\ will issue warnings if it finds
% duplicates, \cs{ekdosis} does not check their uniqueness but will
% issue warnings if such labels contain invalid strings.
%
% \subsection{Routine \LaTeX\ Commands and Environments}
% \label{sec:routine-cmds}
% The list of \LaTeX\ commands known by \pkg{ekdosis} at the time of
% writing follows. To this list must be added the \LaTeX\ standard
% commands that are used for sectional divisions as described above in
% \vref{sec:latex-divs} and most of the commands provided by the
% \pkg{arabluatex} and \pkg{icite}\footcite{icite} packages. Standard
% citation commands are also supported as will be described below in
% \vref{sec:citation-cmds}:---
% 
% \begin{xltabular}{0.825\linewidth}{XX}
%     \toprule
%     \LaTeX\ command & \texttt{TEI xml} element\\
%     \midrule\endhead
%     \cs{textsuperscript}|{}| & |<hi rend="sup"></hi>| \\
%     \cs{textsubscript}|{}| & |<hi rend="sub"></hi>| \\
%     \cs{textbf}|{}| & |<hi rend="bold"></hi>| \\
%     \cs{textit}|{}| & |<hi rend="italic"></hi>| \\
%     \cs{textsc}|{}| & |<hi rend="smallcaps"></hi>| \\
%     \cs{textsf}|{}| & |<hi rend="sf"></hi>| \\
%     \cs{footnote}|{}| & |<note place="bottom"></note>| \\
%     \cs{marginpar}|{}| & |<note place="margin"></note>| \\
%     \cs{enquote}\meta{*}|{}| & |<quote></quote>| \\
%     \cs{label}|{label}| & |<anchor xml:id="label"/>| \\
%     \cs{linelabel}|{label}| & |<anchor xml:id="label"/>| \\
%     \cs{ref}|{label}| & |<ptr ="#label"/>| \\
%     \cs{pageref}|{label}| & |<ptr ="#label"/>| \\
%     \cs{vref}|{label}| & |<ptr ="#label"/>| \\
%     \cs{vpageref}|{label}| & |<ptr ="#label"/>| \\
%     \cs{pagebreak}\meta{\oarg{1-4}} & no output \\
%     \cs{mbox}\marg{text} &  \meta{text} \\
%     \bottomrule
% \end{xltabular}
%
% As for environments:---
% 
% \begin{xltabular}{0.825\linewidth}{XX}
%     \toprule
%     \LaTeX\ environment & \texttt{TEI xml} element\\
%     \midrule\endhead
%     |flushright| & |<p rend="align(right)"></p>| \\
%     |flushleft| & |<p rend="align(left)"></p>| \\
%     |center| & |<p rend="align(center)"></p>| \\
%     |quotation| & |<quote></quote>| \\
%     |quoting| & |<quote></quote>| \\
%     |ekdpar| & |<p></p>| \\
%     |ekdverse| & |<lg></lg>| \\
%     |verse| & |<lg></lg>| \\
%     \bottomrule
% \end{xltabular}
%
% Regarding other, very frequently used commands or environments, some
% do not need to be inserted in the translation tables: as already
% said above, \pkg{ekdosis} converts by default the original names of
% these into \texttt{xml} elements. For instance, \cs{emph}|{}| and
% \cs{begin}|{quote}| \dots\ \cs{end}|{quote}| will result in
% |<emph></emph>| and |<quote></quote>| respectively.
%
% For the same simple reason, if one wishes to have words within a
% \texttt{TEI xml} element that does not have any \LaTeX\ equivalent,
% all is needed is to define an inoperative \LaTeX\ command named
% after the \texttt{TEI} element, like so:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
% Preamble:
\newcommand{\mentioned}[1]{#1}

% Document:

Our usage corresponds to the \mentioned{aggregate} of many
mathematical writings and to the sense of \mentioned{class} found in
older logical writings.
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \texttt{TEI xml} output:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<p>Our usage corresponds to the <mentioned>aggregate</mentioned> of
many mathematical writings and to the sense of
<mentioned>class</mentioned> found in older logical writings.</p>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% Of course, it is also possible to have the \enquote{mentioned} words
% printed in a different font family:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\newcommand{\mentioned}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% This command will print them in a sans serif font family, with the
% exact same \texttt{TEI xml} output as above.
%
% \subsection{Processing New Commands or Environments}
% \label{sec:new-cmds-envs}
% The following three commands are provided to instruct \pkg{ekdosis}
% how to convert unknown or unusual \hologo{(La)TeX} commands or
% environments into \texttt{TEI xml} equivalents.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\TeXtoTEI} \cs{TeXtoTEI}\marg{csname}\marg{TEI
% element}\oarg{TEI attribute(s)}\\
% \cs{TeXtoTEI} takes two mandatory arguments and one optional
% argument, namely: the control sequence name to be converted, the
% \texttt{TEI} element it is to be converted into and any additional
% \texttt{xml} attributes to be appended to the opening \texttt{TEI}
% element. For example, the \cs{sidenote} command that is provided by
% the \pkg{sidenotes} package can be processed like so:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
% Preamble:
\TeXtoTEI{sidenote}{note}[place="margin"]

% Document:
\begin{ekdosis}
  \begin{ekdverse}
    The self-same moment I could pray;\sidenote{The spell begins to
      break}\footnote{The turning point of the poem...}
  \end{ekdverse}
\end{ekdosis}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \texttt{TEI xml} output:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<lg>
  <l>The self-same moment I could pray;
  <note place="margin">The spell begins to break</note>
  <note place="bottom">The turning point of the
  poem...</note></l>
</lg>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% Even more subtly, provided that the code |#STC| points to some more
% information identifying the agency concerned:\footnote{At the time
% of writing, \enquote*{sources} can be declared with
% \cs{DeclareSource} as described above
% \vpageref{ref:declare-source}. Then the unique identifier used in
% the first argument of this command can point to the list of
% references inserted by \pkg{ekdosis} in the back matter section of
% the \texttt{TEI} ouput file. See below
% \vref{sec:references-cited-works} for more information on how to do
% this. Scholars can also be referred to as individuals by means of
% the \cs{DeclareScholar} command. See above
% \vpageref{ref:declare-source}.}---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
% Preamble:
\usepackage{sidenotes}
\usepackage[teiexport=tidy]{ekdosis}

\TeXtoTEI{sidenote}{note}[place="margin"]

\newcommand{\STCsnote}[1]{\sidenote{#1}}
\TeXtoTEI{STCsnote}{note}[place="margin" resp="#STC"]

% Document:
\begin{ekdosis}
  \begin{ekdverse}
    The self-same moment I could pray;\STCsnote{The spell begins to
      break}\footnote{The turning point of the poem...}
  \end{ekdverse}
\end{ekdosis}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \texttt{TEI xml} output:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<lg>
  <l>The self-same moment I could pray;
  <note place="margin" resp="#STC">The spell begins to
  break</note>
  <note place="bottom">The turning point of the
  poem...</note></l>
</lg>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \DescribeMacro{\EnvtoTEI} \DescribeMacro{\EnvtoTEI*}
% \cs{EnvtoTEI}\meta{*}\marg{env name}\marg{TEI element}\oarg{TEI
% attribute(s)}\\
% \cs{EnvtoTEI} instructs \pkg{ekdosis} how to convert \LaTeX\
% environments into \texttt{TEI xml} equivalents. It takes two
% mandatory arguments and one optional argument, namely the name of
% the \LaTeX\ environment to be converted, the \texttt{TEI} element it
% is to be converted into and any additional attributes to be appended
% to the \texttt{TEI} opening element. \cs{EnvtoTEI*} is restricted to
% \texttt{TEI} elements that must never appear within |<p>| elements,
% such as |<p>| itself, |<div>|, |<lg>| and the like. The following
% example illustrates how \cs{EnvtoTEI} can be used conjointly with
% \pkg{babel} to convey information about the languages used from
% \LaTeX\ to \texttt{TEI}:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
% Preamble:
% Use babel and babeltags:
\usepackage[greek.ancient, english]{babel}
\babeltags{ancientgreek = greek}

\EnvtoTEI{ancientgreek}{p}[xml:lang="grc"]

% Document:
\begin{ekdosis}
  \begin{ancientgreek}
    περὶ πολλοῦ ἂν ποιησαίμην, ὦ ἄνδρες, τὸ τοιούτους ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ
    δικαστὰς περὶ τούτου τοῦ πράγματος γενέσθαι, οἷοίπερ ἂν ὑμῖν
    αὐτοῖς εἴητε τοιαῦτα πεπονθότες...
  \end{ancientgreek}
\end{ekdosis}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \texttt{TEI xml} output:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<p xml:lang="grc">περὶ πολλοῦ ἂν ποιησαίμην, ὦ ἄνδρες, τὸ
τοιούτους ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ δικαστὰς περὶ τούτου τοῦ πράγματος
γενέσθαι, οἷοίπερ ἂν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς εἴητε τοιαῦτα πεπονθότες...</p>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \DescribeMacro{\TeXtoTEIPat}
% \cs{TeXtoTEIPat}\marg{\TeX\ pattern}\marg{TEI pattern}\\
% Finally, this more flexible\---and more delicate to
% handle\---command uses pattern matching to instruct \pkg{ekdosis}
% how to convert \hologo{(La)TeX} commands into \texttt{TEI}
% equivalents. In the first mandatory argument, strings to be captured
% are marked in sequence with numbers prefixed by |#|, like so: |#1|,
% |#2|, |#3| and so forth. Then, in the second mandatory argument, the
% strings captured are inserted where each of them is expected in
% the \texttt{TEI} element.
%
% \danger Strings must be entered exactly as \pkg{ekdosis} will find
% them as the |.tex| source file is compiled. Specifically,
% \emph{control sequences}, namely the coded commands immediately
% preceded by `\verb+\+' are always found followed by a space. For
% instance, |\emph{}| will be seen and processed by \pkg{ekdosis} as
% \verb*|\emph {}|.
%
% The following example illustrates how \pkg{ekdosis} can be
% instructed to process the
% \cs{textcolor}\allowbreak\marg{color}\marg{text} command:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\TeXtoTEIPat{\textcolor␣{#1}{#2}}{<hi rend="#1">#2</hi>}

Sample text with a \textcolor{red}{word} in red.
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<p>Sample text with a 
<hi rend="red">word</hi>in red.</p>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \subsection{Specific \texttt{TEI} Modules}
% \label{sec:specific-tei-modules}
% The following example illustrates how \pkg{ekdosis} can be adapted
% in a straightforward way to modules provided by the \texttt{TEI} for
% encoding specific texts such as transcriptions of
% speech.\footnote{See
% \url{https://tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TS.html}.} The
% technique applied below uses \cs{EnvtoTEI} conjointly with
% \cs{SetTEIxmlExport}|{autopar=|\allowbreak|false}| described above
% \vpageref{ref:setteixmlexport}:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{latex}
% Preamble:
\newenvironment{speech}{\par}{\par}
\newcommand{\speaker}[1]{\textbf{#1}\par}
\EnvtoTEI{speech}{sp}

\SetTEIxmlExport{autopar=false}

% Document:
\begin{ekdosis}
  \begin{speech}
    \speaker{Σωκράτης}
    \begin{ekdpar}
      κατέβην χθὲς εἰς Πειραιᾶ μετὰ Γλαύκωνος τοῦ Ἀρίστωνος
      προσευξόμενός τε τῇ θεῷ καὶ ἅμα τὴν ἑορτὴν βουλόμενος θεάσασθαι
      τίνα τρόπον ποιήσουσιν ἅτε νῦν πρῶτον ἄγοντες. καλὴ μὲν οὖν μοι
      καὶ ἡ τῶν ἐπιχωρίων πομπὴ ἔδοξεν εἶναι, οὐ μέντοι ἧττον ἐφαίνετο
      πρέπειν ἣν οἱ Θρᾷκες ἔπεμπον.
    \end{ekdpar}
  \end{speech}
\end{ekdosis}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \begin{remarks}
% \item Lines~2--3 define a basic environment meant to contain
% indivivual speeches and a command to hold the name of the
% speaker. This name is printed in bold face and followed by a new
% paragraph in the PDF output.
% \item Line~4 instructs \pkg{ekdosis} to convert \env{speech} \LaTeX\
%   environments into |<sp>| \texttt{TEI xml} elements.
% \item Line~6 disables the |autopar| algorithm that \pkg{ekdosis}
%   provides by default for running paragraphs of text. As a
%   consequence, \env{ekdpar} is used to mark the paragraphs.
% \end{remarks}
% 
% PDF output:---
% \medskip
%
% \needspace{7\baselineskip}
% \SetTEIxmlExport{autopar=false}
% \begingroup
% \newenvironment{speech}{\par\selectlanguage{greek}}{\par}
% \newcommand{\speaker}[1]{\textbf{#1}\par}
% \EnvtoTEI{speech}{sp}
% \resetlinenumber
% \begin{alignment}[flush,tcols=1,texts=specimen,apparatus=specimen]
%   \begin{specimen}
%  \begin{speech}
%    \speaker{Σωκράτης}
%    \begin{ekdpar}
%      κατέβην χθὲς εἰς Πειραιᾶ μετὰ Γλαύκωνος τοῦ Ἀρίστωνος
%      προσευξόμενός τε τῇ θεῷ καὶ ἅμα τὴν ἑορτὴν βουλόμενος θεάσασθαι
%      τίνα τρόπον ποιήσουσιν ἅτε νῦν πρῶτον ἄγοντες. καλὴ μὲν οὖν μοι
%      καὶ ἡ τῶν ἐπιχωρίων πομπὴ ἔδοξεν εἶναι, οὐ μέντοι ἧττον ἐφαίνετο
%      πρέπειν ἣν οἱ Θρᾷκες ἔπεμπον.
%    \end{ekdpar}
%  \end{speech}     
%   \end{specimen}
% \end{alignment}
% \endgroup
% \SetTEIxmlExport{autopar=true}
%
% \texttt{TEI xml} output:---
% 
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<sp>
  <speaker>Σωκράτης</speaker>
  <p>κατέβην χθὲς εἰς Πειραιᾶ μετὰ Γλαύκωνος τοῦ Ἀρίστωνος
  προσευξόμενός τε τῇ θεῷ καὶ ἅμα τὴν ἑορτὴν βουλόμενος
  θεάσασθαι τίνα τρόπον ποιήσουσιν ἅτε νῦν πρῶτον ἄγοντες.
  καλὴ μὲν οὖν μοι καὶ ἡ τῶν ἐπιχωρίων πομπὴ ἔδοξεν εἶναι, οὐ
  μέντοι ἧττον ἐφαίνετο πρέπειν ἣν οἱ Θρᾷκες ἔπεμπον.</p>
</sp>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \subsection{References to Cited Works}
% \label{sec:references-cited-works}
% A full example of what is technically called a \emph{Conspectus
% Siglorum} can be found above in \vref{sec:print-witnesses}. Such a
% list of manuscript sigla should be found immediately before the
% edition text. Traditionally, this section is followed by a list of
% other sources used to establish the text, so that the edited text is
% in the end established both from manuscript evidence (the
% \enquote{witnesses}) and other works based on a scholarly approach
% of the text (the \enquote{sources}) which are called in Latin
% \emph{Editiones uel Studia}. As a consequence of this classification
% as \enquote{witness} or \enquote{source}, the former must go within
% the |<listWit>| element of the \texttt{TEI} header, whereas the
% latter is to be found within the |<listBibl>| element.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\AddxmlBibResource}
% \cs{AddxmlBibResource}\marg{basename or name.xml} is a preamble-only
% command. If a base name (either suffixed with |.xml| or not) for a
% \texttt{TEI xml} compliant bibliographical database be provided,
% \pkg{ekdosis} will use it and insert formatted data in the back
% matter section of its own \texttt{TEI xml} output file, as
% |<biblStruct>| elements within a |listBibl| section.
%
% As an example, the following Bib\hologo{(La)TeX} entry and its
% \texttt{TEI} equivalent are provided:\footnote{\label{fn:zotero}To
% the author's knowledge, \textsf{Zotero}
% (\url{https://www.zotero.org}) provides excellent \texttt{TEI xml}
% output from Bib\hologo{(La)TeX} input files.}---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{bibtex}
@Book{Drak,
  title = {Punicorum Libri Septemdecim},
  author = {Silius Italicus, Tiberius Catius},
  editor = {Drakenborch, Arnold},
  date = {1717},
  publisher = {Trajecti ad Rhenum},
  location = {Utrecht}
}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{xml}
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<listBibl xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0">
  <biblStruct type="book" xml:id="Drak">
    <monogr>
      <title level="m">Punicorum libri septemdecim</title>
      <author>
        <forename>Tiberius Catius</forename>
        <surname>Silius Italicus</surname>
      </author>
      <editor>
        <forename>Arnold</forename>
        <surname>Drakenborch</surname>
      </editor>
      <imprint>
        <pubPlace>Utrecht</pubPlace>
        <publisher>Trajecti ad Rhenum</publisher>
        <date>1717</date>
      </imprint>
    </monogr>
  </biblStruct>
</listBibl>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \danger As can be seen, the same string |Drak| is used as a label in
% the Bib\hologo{(La)TeX} file (l.~1) and an |xml:id| in the
% \texttt{TEI} file (l.~3). This same label must be used again in the
% preamble of the |.tex| source file to declare Arnold Drakenborch as a
% source,\footnote{See above \vpageref{ref:declare-source}.} like
% so:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{latex}
% Use 'bibl.xml' as a TEI xml bibliographical database:
\AddxmlBibResource{bibdata.xml}

% Declare A. Drakenborch as source:
\DeclareSource{Drak}{\emph{Drakenborch}}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \label{ref:ekdverse-ex}
% Finally, an extract of Silius Italicus' \emph{Punica}, Book~9,
% ll.~30-2 follows (|.tex| source file, PDF output and \texttt{TEI}
% output files):---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{latex}
% Preamble:
\usepackage[style=oxnotes]{biblatex}
\addbibresource{bibdata.bib}

\usepackage[teiexport=tidy]{ekdosis}

% basename of the .xml bibliographical database:
\AddxmlBibResource{bibdata.xml}

% Witnesses:
\DeclareWitness{L}{L}{Laurentianus, plut, XXXVII, cod. 16}[
                      origDate=s. XV]
% Other witnesses [...]

% Sources:
\DeclareSource{Drak}{\emph{Drakenborch}}
% Alternatively, use BibLaTeX for the rendition:
% \DeclareSource{Drak}{\citename{Drak}{editor}}
% Other sources [...]

% Document:
\begin{ekdosis}
  \begin{ekdverse}
    Sed uos, quorum oculos atque ora humentia uidi,\\
    uertere cum consul terga et remeare iuberet,\\
    \app{
      \lem[source=Drak, type=emendation]{ne morem}
      \rdg[wit={L, F}]{me morem}
      \rdg[wit={O, V}]{memorem}
    } et pugnae signum exspectate petendae:\\
  \end{ekdverse}
\end{ekdosis}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% PDF output:---
% \medskip
%
% \needspace{7\baselineskip}
% \begin{alignment}[flush,tcols=1,texts=specimen,apparatus=specimen]
% \setverselinenums{30}{0}
% \setlength{\vrightskip}{-1.5in}
%   \begin{specimen}
%     \begin{ekdverse}
%       Sed uos, quorum oculos atque ora humentia uidi,\\
%       uertere cum consul terga et remeare iuberet,\\
%       \app{
%         \lem[source=sDrak, type=emendation]{ne morem}
%         \rdg[wit={sL, sF}]{me morem}
%         \rdg[wit={sO, sV}]{memorem}
%       } et pugnae signum exspectate petendae:\\
%     \end{ekdverse}
%   \end{specimen}
% \end{alignment}
%
% \texttt{TEI xml} output file produced by \pkg{ekdosis} (narrowed
% down to the |<text>| element):---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}{xml}
<text>
  <body>
    <lg>
      <l>Sed uos, quorum oculos atque ora humentia uidi,</l>
      <l>uertere cum consul terga et remeare iuberet,</l>
      <l>
      <app>
        <lem source="#Drak" type="emendation">ne morem</lem>
        <rdg wit="#L #F">me morem</rdg>
        <rdg wit="#O #V">memorem</rdg>
      </app>et pugnae signum exspectate petendae:</l>
    </lg>
  </body>
  <back>
    <listBibl>
      <biblStruct type="book" xml:id="Drak">
        <monogr>
          <title level="m">Punicorum libri septemdecim</title>
          <author>
            <forename>Tiberius Catius</forename>
            <surname>Silius Italicus</surname>
          </author>
          <editor>
            <forename>Arnold</forename>
            <surname>Drakenborch</surname>
          </editor>
          <imprint>
            <pubPlace>Utrecht</pubPlace>
            <publisher>Trajecti ad Rhenum</publisher>
            <date>1717</date>
          </imprint>
        </monogr>
      </biblStruct>
    </listBibl>
  </back>
</text>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% \subsection{Citation Commands}
% \label{sec:citation-cmds}
% \pkg{ekdosis} can also convert into \texttt{TEI xml} references to
% cited works. Depending on the optional arguments used in the
% citation command, references will be converted into |<ptr>| or
% |<ref>| elements with the appropriate identifier supplied by means
% of the |target| attribute.
%
% Of course, for this mechanism to work, Bib\TeX\ or Bib\LaTeX\ must
% be used and connected to some |.bib| bibliographical database
% file. Additionally, this |.bib| file must have been converted into a
% \texttt{TEI xml} compliant file where all the Bib\hologo{(La)TeX}
% entries that are used in the document are found within
% |<biblStruct>| elements.\footnote{See above n.~\vref{fn:zotero} for
% information on how to do this.} Finally, this |.xml| bibliographical
% database must have been connected to the |.tex| source file by means
% of \cs{AddxmlBibResource} described above in
% \vref{sec:references-cited-works}.
%
% As an example, the following |sample.bib| file is used:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{bibtex}
@Book{ReynoldsWilson1991,
  author =	 {Reynolds, L. D. and Wilson, N. G},
  title =	 {Scribes and Scholars},
  year =	 {1991},
  subtitle =	 {A Guide to the Translation of Greek and Latin
                  Literature},
  edition =	 {3},
  publisher =	 {Clarendon Press},
  location =	 {Oxford}
}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% It has been converted into |sample.xml| as follows:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<listBibl xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0">
  <biblStruct type="book" xml:id="ReynoldsWilson1991">
    <monogr>
      <title level="m">Scribes and Scholars</title>
      <author>
        <forename>L. D.</forename>
        <surname>Reynolds</surname>
      </author>
      <author>
        <forename>N. G.</forename>
        <surname>Wilson</surname>
      </author>
      <edition>3</edition>
      <imprint>
        <pubPlace>Oxford</pubPlace>
        <publisher>Clarendon Press</publisher>
        <date>1991</date>
      </imprint>
    </monogr>
  </biblStruct>
</listBibl>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% Once both files have been prepared, inserting references and
% exporting them into the \texttt{TEI xml} ouput file can be achieved
% in a straightforward way. (The full |sample.tex| is provided
% below.)---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{latex}
\documentclass{article}

\usepackage[teiexport=tidy]{ekdosis}
\AddxmlBibResource{sample.xml}

\usepackage[style=oxnotes]{biblatex}
\addbibresource{sample.bib}

\begin{document}
\begin{ekdosis}
  On textual criticism, see \cite[207--241]{ReynoldsWilson1991}.
\end{ekdosis}
\end{document}
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% PDF output:---
% \medskip
%
% \needspace{7\baselineskip}
% \resetlinenumber
% \begin{alignment}[flush,tcols=1,texts=specimen,apparatus=specimen]
%   \begin{specimen}
%   On textual criticism, see \cite[207--241]{ReynoldsWilson1991}.
%   \end{specimen}
% \end{alignment}
%
% \medskip
% \texttt{TEI xml} ouput narrowed down to the contents of the |<text>|
% element:---
%
% \iffalse
%<*example>
% \fi
\begin{minted}[linenos=false]{xml}
<text>
  <body>
    <p>On textual criticism, see 
    <ref target="#ReynoldsWilson1991">207--241</ref>.</p>
  </body>
  <back>
    <listBibl>
      <biblStruct type="book" xml:id="ReynoldsWilson1991">
        <monogr>
          <title level="m">Scribes and Scholars</title>
          <author>
            <forename>L. D.</forename>
            <surname>Reynolds</surname>
          </author>
          <author>
            <forename>N. G.</forename>
            <surname>Wilson</surname>
          </author>
          <edition>3</edition>
          <imprint>
            <pubPlace>Oxford</pubPlace>
            <publisher>Clarendon Press</publisher>
            <date>1991</date>
          </imprint>
        </monogr>
      </biblStruct>
    </listBibl>
  </back>
</text>
\end{minted}
% \iffalse
%</example>
% \fi
%
% At the time of writing, the following citation commands are
% converted into \texttt{TEI xml} by \pkg{ekdosis}:---
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item
% \cs{icite}\oarg{prenote}\oarg{postnote}\marg{key}\footnote{From the
% \pkg{icite} package. \cs{icite} can be used in place of almost any
% standard citation command. See \cite{icite}.}
% \item \cs{cite}\oarg{prenote}\oarg{postnote}\marg{key}
% \item \cs{Cite}\oarg{prenote}\oarg{postnote}\marg{key}
% \item \cs{cite*}\oarg{prenote}\oarg{postnote}\marg{key}
% \item \cs{parencite}\oarg{prenote}\oarg{postnote}\marg{key}
% \item \cs{Parencite}\oarg{prenote}\oarg{postnote}\marg{key}
% \item \cs{parencite*}\oarg{prenote}\oarg{postnote}\marg{key}
% \item \cs{footcite}\oarg{prenote}\oarg{postnote}\marg{key}
% \item \cs{footcitetext}\oarg{prenote}\oarg{postnote}\marg{key}
% \item \cs{textcite}\oarg{prenote}\oarg{postnote}\marg{key}
% \item \cs{Textcite}\oarg{prenote}\oarg{postnote}\marg{key}
% \item \cs{smartcite}\oarg{prenote}\oarg{postnote}\marg{key}
% \item \cs{Smartcite}\oarg{prenote}\oarg{postnote}\marg{key}
% \item \cs{autocite}\oarg{prenote}\oarg{postnote}\marg{key}
% \item \cs{Autocite}\oarg{prenote}\oarg{postnote}\marg{key}
% \item \cs{autocite*}\oarg{prenote}\oarg{postnote}\marg{key}
% \item \cs{Autocite*}\oarg{prenote}\oarg{postnote}\marg{key}
% \end{enumerate}
%
% The next release of \pkg{ekdosis} will include all citation commands
% with the exception of so-called \enquote{qualified citation lists}.
% 
% \section{Future Work}
% \label{sec:future-work}
% A short, uncommented list of what is planned in the versions of
% \pkg{ekdosis} to come follows:---
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item Very short-term (weeks):---
%   \begin{enumerate}
%   \item Text structure: milestone elements.
%   \end{enumerate}
% \item Short-term (months):---
%   \begin{enumerate}
%   \item Poetry: The standard \env{verse} environment is supported by
%     the current version of \pkg{ekdosis}, in addition to
%     \env{ekdverse} an example of which has been provided above
%     \vpageref{ref:ekdverse-ex}. \env{ekdverse} will provide refined
%     options, such as metrical analysis, stanzaic forms, \emph{\&c.}
%     Arabic poetry through the environments and commands provided by
%     the \pkg{arabluatex} package will also be supported.
%   \item Correspondence and alignment, segmentation: The functions
%     are being tested at the time of writing and will be included
%     shortly in \pkg{ekdosis}.
%   \end{enumerate}
% \item Medium-term: Indexing, commands and environments for specific
%   modules of the \texttt{TEI}.
% \end{enumerate}
% 
% \begin{comment}
%   \section{Correspondence and Alignment}
% \end{comment}
% \label{sec:correspondence-alignment}
%
% \label{ref:segmentation}
% 
% \section{GNU Free Documentation License}
% \label{sec:fdl}
% \textbf{Version 1.3, 3 November 2008}
% 
% \begin{center}
%   Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
%   
%   Copyright \copyright{} 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free
%   Software Foundation, Inc.
%   
%   \bigskip
%   
%   \url{https://fsf.org/}
%   
%   \bigskip
%   
%   Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
%   of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
% \end{center}
% 
% \needspace{3\baselineskip}
% \begin{center}
%   {\bf\large Preamble}
% \end{center}
% 
% The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
% functional and useful document \enquote{free} in the sense of
% freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and
% redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially
% or noncommercially.  Secondarily, this License preserves for the
% author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not
% being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
% 
% This License is a kind of \enquote{copyleft}, which means that
% derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same
% sense.  It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a
% copyleft license designed for free software.
% 
% We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
% free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
% free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms
% that the software does.  But this License is not limited to software
% manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject
% matter or whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend
% this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or
% reference.
% 
% \needspace{3\baselineskip}
% \begin{center}
%   {\large\bf 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS\par}
% \end{center}
% 
% This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium,
% that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can
% be distributed under the terms of this License.  Such a notice
% grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to
% use that work under the conditions stated herein.  The
% \enquote{\textbf{Document}}, below, refers to any such manual or
% work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as
% \enquote{\textbf{you}}.  You accept the license if you copy, modify
% or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright
% law.
% 
% A \enquote{\textbf{Modified Version}} of the Document means any work
% containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim,
% or with modifications and/or translated into another language.
% 
% A \enquote{\textbf{Secondary Section}} is a named appendix or a
% front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the
% relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the
% Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains
% nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject.
% (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a
% Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.)  The
% relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the
% subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial,
% philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.
% 
% The \enquote{\textbf{Invariant Sections}} are certain Secondary
% Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant
% Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released
% under this License.  If a section does not fit the above definition
% of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant.
% The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections.  If the Document
% does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none.
% 
% The \enquote{\textbf{Cover Texts}} are certain short passages of
% text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in
% the notice that says that the Document is released under this
% License.  A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a
% Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
% 
% A \enquote{\textbf{Transparent}} copy of the Document means a
% machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification
% is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising
% the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for
% images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings)
% some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input
% to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of
% formats suitable for input to text formatters.  A copy made in an
% otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of
% markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent
% modification by readers is not Transparent.  An image format is not
% Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text.  A copy that
% is not \enquote{Transparent} is called \enquote{\textbf{Opaque}}.
% 
% Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
% ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
% or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming
% simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
% Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG.
% Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and
% edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which
% the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the
% machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
% processors for output purposes only.
% 
% The \enquote{\textbf{Title Page}} means, for a printed book, the
% title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold,
% legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title
% page.  For works in formats which do not have any title page as
% such, \enquote{Title Page} means the text near the most prominent
% appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body
% of the text.
% 
% The \enquote{\textbf{publisher}} means any person or entity that
% distributes copies of the Document to the public.
% 
% A section \enquote{\textbf{Entitled XYZ}} means a named subunit of
% the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in
% parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language.
% (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such
% as \enquote{\textbf{Acknowledgements}},
% \enquote{\textbf{Dedications}}, \enquote{\textbf{Endorsements}}, or
% \enquote{\textbf{History}}.)  To \enquote{\textbf{Preserve the
% Title}} of such a section when you modify the Document means that it
% remains a section \enquote{Entitled XYZ} according to this
% definition.
% 
% The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice
% which states that this License applies to the Document.  These
% Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in
% this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
% implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
% no effect on the meaning of this License.
% 
% \needspace{3\baselineskip}
% \begin{center}
%   {\large\bf 2. VERBATIM COPYING\par}
% \end{center}
% 
% You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
% commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
% copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
% applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you
% add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You
% may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or
% further copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you
% may accept compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a
% large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in
% section~3.
% 
% You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above,
% and you may publicly display copies.
% 
% \needspace{3\baselineskip}
% \begin{center}
%   {\large\bf 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY\par}
% \end{center}
% 
% If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
% printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
% Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
% copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
% Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
% the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
% you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
% the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
% visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
% Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
% the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be
% treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
% 
% If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
% legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
% reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
% pages.
% 
% If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
% more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable
% Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
% each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general
% network-using public has access to download using public-standard
% network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free
% of added material.  If you use the latter option, you must take
% reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
% copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain
% thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after
% the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through
% your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
% 
% It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of
% the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies,
% to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the
% Document.
% 
% \needspace{3\baselineskip}
% \begin{center}
%   {\large\bf 4. MODIFICATIONS\par}
% \end{center}
% 
% You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
% the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
% the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
% Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing
% distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever
% possesses a copy of it.  In addition, you must do these things in
% the Modified Version:
% 
% \begin{itemize}
% \item[A.]  Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title
%   distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous
%   versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the
%   History section of the Document).  You may use the same title as a
%   previous version if the original publisher of that version gives
%   permission.
%    
%  \item[B.]  List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons
%    or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in
%    the Modified Version, together with at least five of the
%    principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors,
%    if it has fewer than five), unless they release you from this
%    requirement.
%    
%  \item[C.]  State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
%    Modified Version, as the publisher.
%    
%  \item[D.]  Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
%    
%  \item[E.]  Add an appropriate copyright notice for your
%    modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices.
%    
%  \item[F.]  Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a
%    license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified
%    Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the
%    Addendum below.
%    
%  \item[G.]  Preserve in that license notice the full lists of
%    Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the
%    Document's license notice.
%    
%  \item[H.]  Include an unaltered copy of this License.
%    
%  \item[I.]  Preserve the section Entitled \enquote{History},
%    Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the
%    title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version
%    as given on the Title Page.  If there is no section Entitled
%    \enquote{History} in the Document, create one stating the title,
%    year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its
%    Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as
%    stated in the previous sentence.
%    
%  \item[J.]  Preserve the network location, if any, given in the
%    Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document,
%    and likewise the network locations given in the Document for
%    previous versions it was based on.  These may be placed in the
%    \enquote{History} section.  You may omit a network location for a
%    work that was published at least four years before the Document
%    itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to
%    gives permission.
%    
%  \item[K.]  For any section Entitled \enquote{Acknowledgements} or
%    \enquote{Dedications}, Preserve the Title of the section, and
%    preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the
%    contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
%    
%  \item[L.]  Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
%    unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers or
%    the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
%    
%  \item[M.]  Delete any section Entitled \enquote{Endorsements}.
%    Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version.
%    
%  \item[N.]  Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled
%    \enquote{Endorsements} or to conflict in title with any Invariant
%    Section.
%    
%  \item[O.]  Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
% \end{itemize}
% 
% If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
% appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no
% material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate
% some or all of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their
% titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's
% license notice.  These titles must be distinct from any other
% section titles.
% 
% You may add a section Entitled \enquote{Endorsements}, provided it
% contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by
% various parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the
% text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
% definition of a standard.
% 
% You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and
% a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the
% list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
% Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
% through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document
% already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added
% by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on
% behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one,
% on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the
% old one.
% 
% The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this
% License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
% assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
% 
% \needspace{3\baselineskip}
% \begin{center}
%   {\large\bf 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS\par}
% \end{center}
% 
% You may combine the Document with other documents released under
% this License, under the terms defined in section~4 above for
% modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all
% of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,